<PROGRAM NAME> CREDITS // HOURS <QUARTER> CREDITS // HOURS (SAMPLE) CA1409 History and Trends in Animation 460 TOTAL: GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM (SAMPLE) GE1410 English I CATALOG 2011-2012 CREATE TOMORROW 1 MISSION STATEMENT OUR MISSION The Art Institutes International Minnesota is an institution of higher education offering creative and applied arts programs in a caring, inspiring environment where students can maximize their creativity, enhance professional development, and acquire the necessary skills and knowledge to pursue a career in their field of study. OUR PURPOSE The Art Institutes International Minnesota fosters a culture built around learning, innovation, and creativity. We act with integrity and embrace an enthusiasm for excellence. We are committed to creating a community of caring, supportive and involved professionals, including everyone connected with the college. OUR OBJECTIVES 1. Enhance student success through a commitment to academic quality. 2. Engage alumni, working professionals, and employers in opportunities for ongoing participation in support of student learning. 3. Emphasize the value of life-long learning with critical thinking, problem-solving, and civic responsibility. 4. Encourage an environment of growth through assessment and strategic planning. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA TABLE OF CONTENTS Mission, Vision and Values Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside Cover Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Web Design Programs City and College. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Web Design & Interactive Media (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Academic Programs Web Design & Interactive Media (A.A.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Advertising (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Web Design & Development (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Audio Production (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Web Design & Interactive Communications (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Culinary Programs Course Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Culinary Management (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Faculty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Culinary Arts (A.A.S.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Baking & Pastry (A.A.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Board of Trustees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Baking & Pastry (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 The Art of Cooking (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Calendar & Schedules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Design Management (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Tuition and Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Fashion Programs Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Fashion & Retail Management (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Fashion Retailing (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Graphic Design Programs Graphic Design (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Graphic Design (A.A.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Hospitality Management (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Interior Design Programs Interior Design (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Interior Design (A.A.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Interior Planning with AutoCAD (A.A.S.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Media Arts & Animation (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Photography Programs Photography (B.F.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 See aiprograms.info for program duration, tuition, fees, and other costs, median debt, federal salary data, alumni success, and other important info. Digital Image Management (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA INTRODUCTION CATALOG PREPARATION This catalog was prepared by The Art Institutes International Minnesota, 15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-3137. The information contained herein was published and effective as of October 2011. Curriculum, fees, expenses, and other matters described herein are subject to change without notice at the discretion of The Art Institutes International Minnesota. For more information, write to the above address or phone 612-332-3361 or 1-800-777-3643. REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION The Art Institutes International Minnesota is registered as a private institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education 1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, St. Paul, MN 55108, 1.651.642.0567, www. ohe.state.mn.us, pursuant to section 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. The Art Institutes International Minnesota is accredited by the Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools to award certificate, associate’s, and bachelor’s degrees. The Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools is listed as a nationally recognized accrediting agency by the United States Department of Education and is recognized by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation. ACICS can be contacted at 750 First Street, NE, Suite 980, Washington, DC 20002-4241. Telephone: 202-336-6780. The Art Institutes International Minnesota was granted Initial Candidate status in June, 2010 by the Higher Learning Commission - A Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The Higher Learning Commission (HLC) is an independent corporation and one of two commission members of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA), which is one of six regional institutional accreditors in the United States. The Higher Learning Commission accredits degreegranting post-secondary educational institutions in the North Central region. The commission can be contacted at The Higher Learning Commission 230 South LaSalle Street, Suite 7-500 Chicago, IL 60604 webmaster@hlcommission.org 800.621.7440 © 2011 HLC. All rights reserved of Secondary School Counselors and College Admissions Officers, Minnesota College Personnel Association, Minnesota Association of Financial Aid Administrators, American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers, College Admissions Professionals, and the Minnesota Career Colleges Association. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA The Art Institutes International Minnesota, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Art Institutes International Minnesota International LLC, one of the nation’s leaders in post-secondary career-oriented education for the creative arts. Based at 210 Sixth Avenue, 33rd floor, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222. The Art Institutes International Minnesota International LLC, through two intermediary limited liability companies, is a subsidiary of Education Management Corporation also located at the same address. The Associate in Applied Science in Culinary Arts program is accredited by The Accrediting Commission of the American Culinary Federation Education Foundation. MEMBERSHIPS The Art Institutes International Minnesota is a member of the American Culinary Federation Education Foundation, American Hotel & Lodging Association, Midwest Association of Student Financial Aid Administrators, Minnesota Association THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA ABOUT THE TWIN CITIES The Twin Cities is an exciting place to experience and create the arts. Four major art museums, two orchestras, and regional theater offer plenty of creative inspiration. Stroll through the Sculpture Garden at the Walker Art Center. Marvel at the Aquatennial, and the Winter Carnival. Wonder at The Minneapolis Institute of Art. The Hennepin Avenue Theatre District is the hot spot in town for Broadway productions. You’ll also find pop, jazz, and a rock scene that’s earned the Twin Cities the nickname of “The Land of 10,000 Bands.” In nearby Bloomington is the Mall of America, the country’s largest shopping complex with more than 400 specialty shops and 40 restaurants. The mall’s centerpiece, Nickelodeon Universe, is a $70 million indoor family theme park that covers seven lush acres. For fun, Minneapolis is an aquarian’s paradise, with rivers and nearly 20 lakes. More than 150 city parks are accessible for hiking, biking, and skating. In warmer months, spend a sunny afternoon on the beaches of Lake Calhoun. In winter, enjoy ice-skating, ice fishing, snowmobiling, and skiing. If you’re into spectator sports, cheer on the Twins at Target Field or the Vikings at the Metrodome. Or watch the Wild, Timberwolves and Lynx devour the competition. Getting around is easy, too, with a network of mass transit routes, shuttles, and a skyway that connects more than 50 city blocks. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA Conveniently located in downtown Minneapolis, The Art Institutes International Minnesota prepares students for entrylevel careers in the visual and practical arts. The Art Institutes International Minnesota was founded in 1964 by Petrena Lowthian establishing what was to become Lowthian College. In 1981, Lowthian College was authorized to award the Associate in Applied Science degree. The Art Institutes International Minnesota acquired the College in early 1997. In 2000, The Art Institutes International Minnesota was granted approval to award the Bachelor of Science degree and in 2004, was granted approval to award the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree. The Art Institutes International Minnesota offers programs in Advertising, The Art of Cooking, Audio Production, Baking & Pastry, Culinary Arts, Culinary Management, Design Management, Digital Film & Video Production, Digital Image Management, Fashion & Retail Management, Fashion Retailing, Graphic Design, Hospitality Management, Interior Design, Interior Planning with AutoCAD, Media Arts & Animation, Photography, Visual Effects & Motion Graphics, Web Design & Development, Web Design & Interactive Communications, and Wed Design & Interactive Media. Our students are creative, competitive, and open to new ideas. They place great value on an education that prepares them for a challenging entry-level career and a lifetime of personal and professional opportunity. Relating to students at a personal level is emphasized. Our qualified staff of financial planners, employment assistance advisors, and counselors are committed to providing students with individualized services. Each student has an academic advisor who helps devise career strategies and choose courses consistent with career goals. Our faculty consists of working professionals who strive to strengthen students’ skills and cultivate their talents. Aspiring creative professionals learn fundamental business concepts and gain the applied arts knowledge necessary for that important first job in the field. The Art Institutes International Minnesota offers a Skills Enhancement program designed to help students prepare for college-level programs. Confidential counseling is available when academic or personal problems create roadblocks to success. Students also are encouraged to join school organizations and participate as volunteers for community service projects supported by The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Whether in the student lounges, the gallery, or the classrooms, the daily gathering of students, faculty, and staff makes it easy to feel the energy, caring, and commitment that underlie education at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. STUDENT BODY Students come to The Art Institutes International Minnesota from all over the United States and abroad. The student body is made up of men and women who have either enrolled directly after completing high school, transferred from colleges and universities, or have left employment situations to prepare for a new career. The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s environment offers students the opportunity to earn their degrees alongside students of other creative disciplines that drive the visual and practical arts industries worldwide. 5 ADVERTISING BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Bachelor of Science degree program in Advertising is a twelve-quarter program. The program provides students with skills in conceptual thinking, copywriting, design, marketing and public relations, developing advertising campaigns, the business side of advertising, account and strategic planning. The degree also provides a balance in liberal arts courses as well as educates the student in the application of advertising principles to evolving communication channels (interactive media) and the life skills needed to develop and sustain a career in advertising and related fields. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Bachelor’s degree program in Advertising at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is to prepare students for careers in the diverse arena of advertising. To teach advertising from business to creative across all media platforms with content to enrich the understanding of advertising as an essential component of our economic and social system. To provide a curriculum based on regular examination of the industry and the evolving media. A commitment to lifelong learning is instilled in students as a means to develop their careers from entry-level positions in the advertising field. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Graduates will apply industry knowledge and critical thinking skills to analyze, develop, and implement effective advertising solutions that meet professional standards 2. Graduates will develop concepts as well as analyze and incorporate aesthetics and layout in the design process for advertising campaigns and marketing communications 3. Graduates will demonstrate proficiency with the tools and graphic techniques of the profession to plan and implement production of advertising media such as print collateral, audio and video spots, and Web-interactive materials 4. Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of the interdependence between advertising/ marketing objectives and visual expression and be able to evaluate, and critique, their ideas 5. Graduates will be able to articulate the vision behind their creative work and explain and promote their solutions to clients and colleagues 6. Professionalism - Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation; articulation of knowledge of advertising and visual problem solving; and mastery of industry standards, professional practices and ethics THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: CREDITS // HOURS AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media CREDITS // HOURS GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix AD identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. ADVERTISING CREDITS // HOURS CREDITS // HOURS AD1400 History of Advertising 4 40 AD4450 Media Planning & Buying 4 40 AD1420 Conceptual Thinking 4 40 AD4460 Global Business Perspectives 4 40 AD2400 Computer Illustration** 4 60 AD4480 Capstone** 4 60 AD2420 Organizational Behavior 4 40 AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising** 4 40 AD4486 Internship CA2430 Introduction to Video 4 4 120 60 AD2440 Media & Advertising Design** 4 60 DM2470Principles of Market Research 440 AD2460Branding 440 GD1401 Fundamentals of Design 4 60 AD2490 Dynamics of Integrated Marketing** 460 GD1402 Drawing & Perspective 4 60 AD3400 Persuasion and the Consumer 4 40 GD1403 Typography for Digital Media** 4 60 AD3420 Copywriting** 4 40 GD1420 Image Manipulation 4 60 AD3440 Advertising Campaign** 460 GD1431 Design Layout 4 60 AD3450 Art Direction 460 GD1473 Color & Design 4 60 AD4400 Advanced Copywriting 4 GD2440 Print Production 460 AD4410 Public Relations and Promotion 440 IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design 4 60 AD4420 Sales 4 40 PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors 4 60 AD4440 Advanced Advertising Campaign 4 60 60 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § 4 40 GE2442 Critical Thinking 4 40 GE1424 Public Speaking 4 40 GE3424 Interpersonal Communication 4 40 40 GE1433 Art History 4 40 GE3433 Contemporary Art 4 GE1466 Principles of Economics 4 40 GE3490 Cultural Anthropology 440 GE2411 English II 440 GE4442Ethics 440 GE2412 College Mathematics §§ 4 40 GE4455Literature 440 GE2423 Environmental Science 4 40 GE4461Physics 440 ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,240 hours § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 7 AUDIO PRODUCTION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Students in the Bachelor of Science degree program in Audio Production offered through The Art Institutes International Minnesota receive audio production training using industry-relevant technology and equipment in a hands-on environment. The Audio Production program at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is designed to prepare students to work with a variety of mediums such as live venue sound production, the Web, film, and video. Our program provides Audio Production training through courses that address both foundational and advanced aspects of the industry. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Bachelor of Science in Audio Production degree program is to prepare graduates for positions in live venue sound production, film, television, radio, and interactive broadcast mediums. The Audio Production program specifically offers training in the areas of audio production, music technology, synthesis and sound design, MIDI systems, and various recording techniques. Graduates are prepared to seek entry-level positions in audio engineering, music recording, radio and television broadcasting, audio equipment design, maintenance and repair, live venue and field recording, and audio sound design. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Production: Graduates conceptualize, plan, execute, and deliver quality recordings and post-production projects, demonstrating knowledge and application of audio theory, critical listening skills, and industry standards, while using industry-related tools 2. Professionalism: Graduates can present and conduct themselves professionally and demonstrate an understanding of specific career paths, job responsibilities, and industry expectations while developing a professional business plan and an effective portfolio 3. Critical Thinking: Graduates can efficiently troubleshoot and solve problems typically encountered by audio professionals 4. Evaluation: Graduates can apply peer and professional critique as well as selfevaluation to continuously improve the quality of their work 5. Business: Graduates can apply the business and economic principles and practices of the audio industry while maintaining legal and ethical standards THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media CREDITS // HOURS GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix AP identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. AUDIO PRODUCTION CREDITS // HOURS AP1400 Survey of the Music Industry AP1410 Audio Technology I ** AP1420 Digital Audio I ** AP1430 Music Theory I AP1440 Audio Technology II ** AP1450 Music Theory II AP1460 Digital Audio II AP2400 Audio Recording I ** AP2410 Listening and Analysis AP2420Acoustics AP2440 Audio Recording II AP2450 Electronics AP2460 MIDI Systems I ** AP3400 MIDI Systems II AP3410 Advanced Recording Techniques I ** AP3420 Live Sound Reinforcement I CREDITS // HOURS 460 460 460 440 460 440 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 AP3430 AP3440 AP3450 AP3460 AP4400 AP4410 AP4420 AP4430 AP4440 CA2430 CA2440 DF4420 IM1480 PA4486 Live Sound Reinforcement II Synthesis & Sound Design I** Advanced Recording Techniques II Synthesis & Sound Design II Senior Project I ** Entertainment Marketing & Management Senior Project II Portfolio Preparation Portfolio ** Introduction to Video Digital Video Editing Media Delivery Systems and Distribution Fundamentals of Interactive Design Internship VE2481 Interactive Visual Design 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 4120 460 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3466 World Music Influences GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1456 Music Appreciation GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,440 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 9 CULINARY MANAGEMENT BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM No matter how good the food is, the service you receive at a restaurant is what affects most people’s decision to return. Your meal should arrive in reasonable time, the establishment should be clean, and your host and servers should be courteous. It’s the manager who ultimately is responsible for the quality of your dining experience. It’s a challenging job — but the rewards can be delicious. Managers control everything, from “front of the house” (the public part of the restaurant) to the “back of the house” (the kitchen and restaurant administration). Their goal is to bring customers back again and again. A manager’s leadership and decisions impact everyone from employees to diners. This bachelor’s degree program builds upon fundamental culinary skills to prepare you for management positions in the food service industry. You begin with the basics, from knife skills and kitchen procedures to nutrition, speed and timing, and presentation. From here, you progress to more advanced areas such as baking and pastry, garde manger (cold kitchen), international and American cuisine, à la carte, and dining room operations. You’ll also study human resource management, event, beverage and menu management, customer service management, marketing, leadership, and even food service for the retirement community. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Culinary Management Bachelor’s degree program is to provide an environment for students to become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to: 1. Demonstrate the ability to professionally prepare standardized recipes using a variety 2. Obtain an entry-level skill position in the food service industry 3. Identify, establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures which meet industry quality standards 4. Demonstrate and articulate an awareness of the cross-cultural, moral, ethical and environmental issues in hospitality organizations and their relationship with all stakeholders 5. Analyze the food and beverage cost-control cycle and accounting practices, and implement controls to manage, maintain and ensure profitability 6. Prepare a variety of international recipes using a variety of cooking techniques which meet industry quality standards 7. Apply standard Human Resource principles in regards to recruiting, retaining, and developing staff 8. Create a business plan for a food service outlet or hospitality company THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. CULINARY MANAGEMENT CREDITS // HOURS AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising CU1210 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques ** CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques ** CU1620 American Regional Cuisine CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques CU2240 Asian Cuisine CU2252 Latin Cuisine CU2272 World Cuisine CU2273 Classical European Cuisine CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development CU2409 Management by Menu CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management CU2650 Garde Manger CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen ** CU3423 Catering and Event Management CREDITS // HOURS 440 220 6110 6110 6110 230 230 230 230 440 440 440 440 6110 8150 440 CU3444 Art Culinaire CU3455 Human Resources Management CU3480 Quality Service Management and Training CU3481 Foodservice Technology CU3490 Leadership and Organizational Development CU4410 Foodservice Financial Management ** CU4412 Exploring Wines and the Culinary Arts CU4420 Facilities Mangement and Design CU4421 Culinary Senior Practicum CU4430 Global Management/Operations CU4492 Innovation and Entreprenuership HM2480 Hospitality Law HM2481 Institutional Operations PA3411Capstone PA3415 Management Internship 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 4 80 440 440 440 440 230 4120 440 4 40 440 440 4 40 4 40 440 GE2442 Critical Thinking GE2477 Spanish I GE2478 Spanish II GE3424 Interpersonal Communications GE3432 History and Culture of Cuisine GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics 440 4 40 4 40 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1406Nutrition GE1410 English I § GE1413 Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,240 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 11 CULINARY ARTS ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED ARTS: 7 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Today, America’s interest in culinary arts is growing and prospering as never before. Few occupations can offer the creativity and excitement found in the culinary arts. The associate’s degree level Culinary Arts degree program consists of courses covering basic skills and techniques, purchasing and cost control, kitchen management, international cuisine, nutrition, dining room procedures, garde manger, baking and pastries, à la carte kitchen, and an internship with a food service operation in the greater metropolitan area. The curriculum for this program is based on the classical principles of Escoffier, emphasizing progressive techniques and trends. The Art Institutes International Minnesota graduates will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Culinary Arts Associate degree program is to provide an environment for students to become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures 2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking techniques which meet industry quality standards 3. Prepare a variety of international recipes utilizing the correct techniques, ingredients and equipment which meet industry quality standards 4. Describe and perform tasks related to common business practices in the culinary industry, including inventory, menu planning, cost control, and food purchasing 5. Describe the principles of food and beverage management 6. Define and articulate the core values of the culinary professional 7. Seek entry-level positions in commercial and institutional food service settings THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. CULINARY ARTS CREDITS // HOURS CU1210 CU1610 CU1620 CU1642 CU2240 CU2252 CU2272 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques ** Fundamentals of Classical Techniques ** American Regional Cuisine Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques Asian Cuisine Latin Cuisine World Cuisine 220 6110 6110 6110 230 230 230 CREDITS // HOURS CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development CU2409 Management by Menu CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management CU2650 Garde Manger CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen ** PA3411Capstone 440 440 440 440 6110 8150 230 CREDITS // HOURS GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1406Nutrition GE1410 English I § GE1413 Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking 440 4 40 440 4 40 GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2477 Spanish I GE2478 Spanish II ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher 440 4 40 4 40 4 40 TOTAL: 90 credits : 1,210 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 13 BAKING & PASTRY ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 7 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Baking skills with a side of culinary arts describes the dish offered in this associate’s degree program. From soup to sabayon and marinades to mousses, the exacting creative expression that characterizes the well rounded pastry chef who fits in every part of the demanding culinary profession. The associate’s degree program is designed to prepare students for entry-level employment opportunities in the professional foodservice industry. Students have the opportunity to develop competencies in the art of baking, cake decoration, artisan breads, desserts and plating, with the addition of culinary skills, and business courses. Considerations must also be made in the kitchen to maximize efficiency - when preparing a large quantity of cakes, breads and pastries for a big group, time, as well as taste, is of the essence. Studying the baking and pastry arts can result in an entry-level career that directly pleases the senses. It’s also a new way of looking at life, borrowing influences from different types of cuisine and culture, and exploring new experimentations in flavor and presentation. The Art Institutes International Minnesota prepares individuals for this technical specialty in its Baking & Pastry associate’s degree program. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Baking & Pastry Associate degree program is to provide an environment for students to become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to: 1. Seek an entry-level skill positions in the food service industry 2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking, baking and pastry techniques as well as appropriate equipment and tools 3. Produce various baked goods and a variety of international and classical pastries and desserts using basic as well as advanced techniques, which meet industry quality standards 4. Design, produce, assemble and decorate display and wedding cakes using various finishing methods which meet industry quality standards 5. Describe and perform tasks related to common business practices within the foodservice industry including inventory, menu planning, cost control and food purchasing 6. Seek employment in retail, commercial and institutional food service settings in entry-level job positions THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. BAKING & PASTRY CREDITS // HOURS CU1210 CU1443 CU1444 CU1445 CU1446 CU1610 CU1620 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques ** Artisan Breads and Baking Production European Cakes and Tortes Chocolate, Confections & Centerprieces Advanced Patisserie and Display Cakes Fundamentals of Classical Techniques ** American Regional Cuisine CREDITS // HOURS 220 470 470 470 470 6110 6110 CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques ** CU2252 Latin Cuisine CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development CU2409 Management by Menu CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs CU2650 Garde Manger PA3411Capstone 440 4 40 440 4 40 GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2477 Spanish I GE2478 Spanish II 6110 230 440 440 440 6110 230 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1406Nutrition GE1410 English I § GE1413 Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher 440 4 40 4 40 CREDITS // HOURS 4 40 TOTAL: 90 credits : 1,240 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 15 BAKING & PASTRY DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM From cakes to custards and meringues to macaroons, the exacting creative expression that characterizes pastry arts is a respected and demanding facet of the culinary profession. The Art Institutes International Minnesota prepares individuals for this technical specialty in its Baking & Pastry diploma program. Like any other craft, this profession requires learning and practice. Often a career in the culinary arts starts with the realization that food has power to delight, excite, and impress people. From the artistry of pastry making, to the sciences of quantity conversions, pastry and baking artists search for perfection. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Baking & Pastry diploma program is to provide an environment for students to become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to: 1. Establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures 2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking, baking and pastry techniques as well as appropriate equipment and tools 3. Produce various baked goods and a variety of international and classical pastries and desserts using basic as well as advanced techniques, which meet industry quality standards 4. Design, produce, assemble and decorate display and wedding cakes using various finishing methods which meet industry quality standards 5. Seek employment in retail, commercial and institutional food service settings in entry-level job positions THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. BAKING & PASTRY CREDITS // HOURS CU1210 CU1443 CU1444 CU1445 CU1446 CU1610 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques ** Artisan Breads and Baking Production European Cakes and Tortes Chocolate, Confections & Centerpieces Advanced Patisserie and Display Cakes Fundamentals of Classical Techniques ** 220 470 470 470 470 6110 CREDITS // HOURS CU1620 American Regional Cuisine CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques ** CU2252 Latin Cuisine CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs GE1406Nutrition 6110 6110 230 440 440 440 ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. TOTAL: 50 credits : 780 hours 17 THE ART OF COOKING DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Culinary professionals are multi-tasking wizards. They’re experts at preparation and presentation, and excel at split second timing. The culinary field is more than just mastering the skills that are integral to the profession. Culinary students have the opportunity to learn the techniques and the artistry that can transform a customer’s dining experience into a full scale event, to gain a sense of food and restaurant styles, be taught how to think and act like a culinary professional, and to understand the trends in the world of culinary arts. Our students can become skilled at the fundamentals of cooking, knife skills, sanitation, safety, and food production. They have the opportunity to learn about modern, regional and classical cuisines, and practice whipping up culinary delights in modern kitchens. Upon graduation, students are prepared to seek entry-level jobs as prep cook, line cook and first cook. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of The Art of Cooking diploma program is to provide an environment for students to become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to: 1. Establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures 2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking techniques which meet industry quality standards 3. Prepare a variety recipes utilizing the correct techniques, ingredients and equipment which meet industry quality standards 4. Define and articulate the core values of the culinary professional 5. Seek entry-level positions in commercial and institutional food service settings THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. THE ART OF COOKING CREDITS // HOURS CU1210 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques** CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques ** CU1620 American Regional Cuisine CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques CU2240 Asian Cuisine CU2252 Latin Cuisine CU2272 World Cuisine 220 6110 6110 6110 230 230 230 CREDITS // HOURS CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management CU2650 Garde Manger CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen GE1406Nutrition 440 440 440 6110 8150 440 ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. TOTAL: 56 credits : 860 hours 19 DESIGN MANAGEMENT BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Design is the cornerstone of all successful products and services. In an increasingly global and competitive marketplace, today’s businesses are seeking partners who can innovate and collaborate to help protect the considerable investment they have made in their brands, products, and services. They seek managers who are adept at sales, marketing, and business, and who can manage the planning and creative production processes, including people and products. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Bachelor’s in Design Management degree program is to prepare graduates for entry-level positions of innovation management by providing a strong foundation in design, branding, business management, entrepreneurship and communication. A key focus of the program is collaborative communication skills in dynamic, entrepreneurial environments. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Graduates will understand, encourage and inspire the creative process from concept to execution. 2. Graduates will identify opportunities and execute innovative solutions to a variety of problems. 3. Graduates will demonstrate proficiency in brand development and related business communication tools. 4. Graduates will manage high-performance teams and business resources THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: CREDITS // HOURS AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media CREDITS // HOURS GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes AD, DM, and SM identify the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. DESIGN MANAGEMENT CREDITS // HOURS AD2420 Organizational Behavior** AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising** AD2460Branding AD4420Sales AD4460 Global Business Perspectives DM1420Introduction to Design Management DM2400Technology and Productivity DM2410Fundamentals of Business DM2430Principles of Managerial Accounting DM2470Principles of Market Research DM2480Business Statistics for Design** DM2490Project Management** DM3400Financial Issues in Design** DM3460Business Communications DM3480Managing Creativity and Innovation** DM4410Design Management Seminar DM4450Business Plan** CREDITS // HOURS 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 460 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 460 DM4480Capstone** GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1473 Color & Design GD3470 Law & the Commercial Arts DM4486Internship SM1401 Studio Major I SM1402 Studio Major II SM2403 Studio Major III SM2404 Studio Major IV SM3405 Studio Major V SM3406 Studio Major VI SM4407 Studio Major VII SM4408 Studio Major VIII 460 460 460 460 440 4120 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communications GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455Literature GE4461Physics 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History GE1466 Principles of Economics GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,160 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 21 DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO PRODUCTION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Bachelor of Science degree program in Digital Film & Video Production at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is designed to offer a balance in theory, history, and practical training to produce competent and literate graduates who are proficient in the technical, organizational, historical, and creative aspects of visual storytelling. This program is designed to integrate industry and education with internship programs and its own student operated production company and television studios. Students will have the opportunity to script and produce screenplays, teleplays, sitcoms, commercials and music videos. In addition, the program is designed to enhance technical competencies, as students will be offered advanced courses in these areas and provided the opportunity to concentrate in their chosen fields. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Digital Filmmaking & Video Production Bachelor degree program is to prepare graduates for entry level positions in the film, television, and interactive broadcast mediums. The Digital Film & Video Production program specifically offers training in the areas of scriptwriting, producing, directing, film production techniques, audio post, post production management, and motion graphics. Graduates are prepared for entry-level positions in the film, television, and interactive broadcast mediums to freelance professionals in the production of feature films, shorts, music videos, and commercials or to embark on a career as a well-rounded, independent filmmaker. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Producing & Directing: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to conceptualize, plan and execute different styles of media productions. Graduates will demonstrate an understanding of their leadership and collaborative responsibilities in relationship to artistic partners, crews, clients, the wider community and their own personal development 2. Writing & Critical Thinking: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to effectively communicate ideas, stories and expectations in written work. Graduates will have an understanding of the historical, cultural and social contexts for moving images 3. Cinematography & Lighting: Graduates will demonstrate control of camera, cinematic and lighting equipment in relation to a given subject 4. Sound: Graduates will demonstrate control of audio recording and sound equipment in a variety of applications. Graduates will show ability to create a meaningful relationship between image and sound 5. Editing & Post-Production: Graduates will demonstrate appropriate skill in editing with attention to duration, shot to shot relation, shot to scene and relation to the whole. Graduates will demonstrate a basic understanding of design principles in use of typography, motion graphics and animation, as well as compositing and image processing skills (where applicable) 6. Professionalism: Graduates present and conduct themselves professionally and demonstrate an understanding of specific career paths, job responsibilities, and industry expectations THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media CREDITS // HOURS GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes DF and CA identify the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO PRODUCTION CREDITS // HOURS CA1400 Production Fundamentals CA2430 Introduction to Video** CA2440 Digital Video Editing DF1400 Survey of Digital Filmmaking and Video Production DF1410 Principles of Preproduction DF1440Lighting DF2400 Fundamentals of Cinematography** DF2410 Fundamentals of Producing & Directing DF2420 Studio Production DF2430 Electronic Field Production** DF2440 History of Motion Media & Mass Communication DF3400 Media Theory & Criticism DF3410 Acting and Directing DF3420 Sound Design DF3430 Short Media Production DF3440 Senior Project Preparation** CREDITS // HOURS 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 DF3450 Media Production Workshop DF3460 Audio Post Production DF4400 Senior Project Production DF4410 Multi-Camera Production DF4430 Senior Project Post-Production DF4440 Senior Portfolio and Defense** DF4450 Internship GD1420 Image Manipulation IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design PH1402 Principles of Digital Photography VE1438 Computer Graphics VE1457 Conceptual Storytelling VE2453 Introduction to VFX VE2481 Interactive Visual Design VE3490 Advanced Editing Principles 460 460 460 460 460 460 4120 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,480 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 23 FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Bachelor degree program in Fashion & Retail Management is a twelve-quarter program that will offer experience across disciplines in business, fashion, and design, covering both soft and hard lines. This cross-functional focus will allow students to expand beyond traditional fashion design positions and choose among options in manufacturing, design and retailing. The content of the curriculum includes fashion industry trends and manufacturing, general business, management, operations and compliance, retailing, marketing, advertising, and design. Students will learn how to effectively bridge the gap between designers and the retail market. They will be required to both identify and anticipate fashion trends, as well as to develop the decision-making skills needed to insure that the preferred consumer goods are in stock at the appropriate time. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Bachelor’s degree in Fashion & Retail Management program is to prepare students to begin careers in store and mall management, event promotion, sales, product and sales development, and small business ownership. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Graduates will demonstrate proficiency with common business computer programs including inventory management, presentation, spreadsheet, and Web software 2. Graduates will accurately use industry terminology to analyze and meet client needs. This process will include trend forecasting, textile evaluation, buying plans, and usage for specific markets 3. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to plan and analyze key marketing and management processes including event planning, product development, target market identification, market research strategies, branding, electronic marketing, and supply chain distribution 4. Graduates will demonstrate the knowledge of Visual Merchandising as a communication tool to market the merchandise to the consumer 5. Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation skills to include appropriate interpersonal communication skills; articulation of knowledge of fashion marketing and management; and mastery of industry standards, professional practices and ethics 6. Graduates will demonstrate an understanding of the complexities of the global marketplace in terms of trade restrictions and international business THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes AD and FRM identify the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT CREDITS // HOURS CREDITS // HOURS AD2420 Organizational Behavior 440 AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising 440 AD2460Branding 440 AD4410 Public Relations and Promotion 440 AD4420 Sales 440 AD4460 Global Business Perspectives 440 DM2410Fundamentals of Business** 460 DM2430Principles of Managerial Accounting 440 DM2470Principles of Market Research 440 DM2490Project Management 440 DM3460Business Communications 440 DM4450Business Plan 460 FRM1400 Fashion History I 440 FRM1401 Fashion History II 440 FRM1410 Fundamentals of Management Technology 4 40 FRM1433 Textiles and Fiber 440 FRM1442 Introduction to Retailing** FRM2400 Consumer Behavior FRM2415 Apparel Evaluation & Construction FRM2475 Retail Mathematics** FRM2490 Visual Merchandising FRM3425 Introduction to Manufacturing FRM3455 Merchandise Management** FRM4410 Web Marketing for Fashion Retail Management FRM4420 Retail Operations and Planning FRM4425 Trends and Concepts in Apparel FRM4461 Product Development FRM4495 Special Topics in Fashion & Retail Management IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design PA4486Internship PA4487Portfolio 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE2411 English II GE2423 Environmental Science GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455 Literature 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History GE1466 Principles of Economics GE2412 College Mathematics §§ 440 440 440 440 440 440 ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher 440 440 440 440 440 460 4120 460 TOTAL: 180 credits : 1,960 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 25 FASHION RETAILING DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Fashion Retailing program teaches students how to use their combined creative and business skills to display, market, and sell fashion merchandise. The well-trained student will be able to effectively understand and meet the customer’s needs, and ultimately encourage sales. This is accomplished by having a keen awareness to the changing needs of the consumer, learning how to identify and predict new style trends, and by being able to conceptualize and promote fashion displays and sales campaigns. Individuals in fashion retailing will learn how to evaluate apparel construction, identify appropriate characteristics and uses of different textiles. They will also gain knowledge of consumer behavior, retail operations, visual merchandising, the larger marketplace, and business skills. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the diploma program in Fashion Retailing is to prepare students to seek positions in the field of fashion retailing. The program is intended for students who have a background in fashion and are interested in developing retail management and business skills, or who are preparing for a career in fashion retailing in boutiques, specialty stores, national department stores, and discount chains. Students primarily focus on retail sales, management, operations, fashion trends, and promotion. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to combine creative and business skills to display, market, and sell fashion merchandise 2. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to understand and meet the customer’s needs, and ultimately encourage sales 3. Graduates will demonstrate an awareness of the changing needs of the consumer, identify and predict new style trends, and use this information to conceptualize and promote fashion displays and sales campaigns 4. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to evaluate apparel construction and identify appropriate characteristics and uses of different textiles 5. Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of consumer behavior, retail operations, visual merchandising, the larger marketplace, and business skills THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes AD and FRM identify the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT CREDITS // HOURS FRM1433 Textiles and Fiber FRM1442 Intro to Retailing FRM2400 Consumer Behavior FRM2415 Apparel Evaluation and Construction FRM2490 Visual Merchandising FRM3425 Intro to Manufacturing 460 460 460 460 460 460 CREDITS // HOURS FRM3455 Merchandise Management FRM4420 Retail Operations and Technology FRM4425 Trends and Concepts in Apparel AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising AD2460 Branding DM2410 Fundamentals of Business ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher 460 460 460 460 460 460 TOTAL: 48 credits : 720 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 27 GRAPHIC DESIGN BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Bachelor Degree Program in Graphic Design is a twelve-quarter program. The Graphic Design degree program teaches students to express themselves creatively while visually communicating a message. The Graphic Design degree program emphasizes hands-on learning. Students in the Graphic Design degree program use industry-related technology and software. Course topics in the Graphic Design degree program include typography, illustration, and package design. With a Graphic Design degree, graduates can pursue entry-level jobs like graphic designer, computer artist, and production artist. The Graphic Design Bachelor’s degree program at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is the first step toward a career in commercial graphics. Initially, students develop an understanding of color and composition, design and typography, and learn accurate drawing skills. As they progress through the program, students are trained in creative problem solving and learn to offer solutions that are effective in the business world. Emphasis is placed on concept development and creative problem solving. Skills and techniques of computer graphics and electronic imaging are taught by master professionals. Tools include scanners, digital cameras, and computer-based hardware and software. Advanced training includes the execution of assignments encountered by professionals in the field. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Bachelor’s in Graphic Design degree program is to provide a focus on conceptual thinking while developing graphic design technical and creative skills, including an introduction to the theory and practice of print and Web design production, electronic publishing, graphic imagery, and sales promotion. Graduates are prepared to grow their careers from entry-level positions in the graphic design field through the practice of lifelong learning. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Technical - Graduates will demonstrate and apply competencies in industry-specific computer software programs within the context of producing concrete projects. This includes technical aspects of prepress, output, and quality reproduction as well as web design 2. Design - Graduates will analyze and incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout and design. This includes spatial relationships; communication legibility and effectiveness; interrelationships among imagery and text; balance; typography; and color theory 3. Conceptual - Graduates will demonstrate design concepts and relate these to historical and contemporary trends and social context by producing successful visual solutions to assigned problems 4. Visual Communication - Graduates will model the interdependence of content and visual expression and be able to evaluate and critique their ideas. Graduates must be able to verbally articulate the vision behind their creative work and explain and promote their solutions 5. Professional Presentation - Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation; articulation of knowledge of graphic design and visual problem solving; and mastery of industry standards, professional practices and ethics THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix GD identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. GRAPHIC DESIGN CREDITS // HOURS CA2430 Introduction to Video GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1403 Typography for Digital Media** GD1411 Intermediate Drawing GD1420 Image Manipulation GD1430 Illustration GD1431 Design Layout GD1473 Color & Design GD2421 Art & Design Concepts GD2425 Advanced Typography GD2432 Digital Illustration GD2433 Electronic Design GD2437 Design History GD2440 Print Production** GD2480 Designing for the Web 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 460 460 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ 440 440 440 440 440 440 CREDITS // HOURS GD3411 Corporate Identity & Communications GD3431 Advanced Design** GD3435 Media Design GD3445 Marketing Design GD3455 Package Design GD3465 Publication Design GD3470 Law & the Commercial Arts GD4435 Advanced Illustration GD4480 Design Production Team IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design IM2440 User Centered Interface Design PA4485 Portfolio Preparation** PA4486 Internship PA4487Portfolio PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors GE2423 Environmental Science GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 460 460 460 460 460 4120 460 460 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,440 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 29 GRAPHIC DESIGN ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 7 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Glossy magazines, digital media, corporate stationery, television graphics, billboards - all are composed of images, design, and printed words that work together to sell products and services, or to convey messages. This is the fundamental concept of graphic design, and it’s the basis of some of today’s most dynamic fields - advertising, publishing, television and interactive communications. The Graphic Design Associate degree program at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is the first step toward a career in commercial graphics. Initially, students develop an understanding of color and composition, design and typography, and have the opportunity to learn accurate drawing skills. As they progress through the program, students have the opportunity to learn to offer effective solutions. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Graphic Design Associate degree program is to provide a focus on conceptual thinking while developing graphic design technical and creative skills, including an introduction to the theory and practice of print and web design production, electronic publishing, graphic imagery, and sales promotion. Graduates are prepared to enter in entry-level positions in the graphic design field through practice of lifelong learning. Graphic Design graduates are prepared to work and meet the challenges of the continually changing marketplace and Graphic Design profession. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Technical - Graduates will demonstrate competencies in industry-specific computer software programs within the context of producing concrete projects. This includes technical aspects of prepress, output, and quality reproduction, as well as web design 2. Design - Graduates will incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout and design. This includes spatial relationships; communication legibility and effectiveness; interrelationships among imagery and text; balance; typography; and color theory 3. Visual Communication - Graduates are able to verbally articulate the vision behind their creative work and explain and promote their solutions 4. History / Concepts - Students will demonstrate design concepts and relate these to historical and contemporary trends and social context by producing successful visual solutions to assigned problems 5. Design Professionalism - Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation; articulation of knowledge of graphic design and visual problem solving THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix GD identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. GRAPHIC DESIGN CREDITS // HOURS GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1403 Typography for Digital Media** GD1411 Intermediate Drawing GD1420 Image Manipulation GD1430 Illustration GD1431 Design Layout GD1473 Color & Design GD2432 Digital Illustration CREDITS // HOURS 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 GD2440 Print Production** GD3431 Advanced Design** GD3465 Publication Design GD4480 Design Production Team IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design PA4485 Portfolio Preparation** 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 440 440 440 GE2411 GE2412 GE2423 GE2442 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History English II College Mathematics §§ Environmental Science Critical Thinking ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 92 credits : 1,220 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 31 HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The world’s most illustrious hotels, restaurants, and resorts build their reputations on being able to meet customer expectations and demands for service, quality, diversity of product, and professional expertise. At The Art Institutes International Minnesota, we understand that successful communication between all the players in the Hospitality Management business – in the kitchen and in the front of the house – from the front desk to housekeeping, keeps things running smoothly and contributes to the overall success of any hospitality venture. Curriculum for the Bachelor of Science Hospitality Management degree program begins with an introduction to the variety and scope of positions within the hospitality industry. Students have the opportunity to explore the various dimensions of hospitality, such as the role of culinary education and various entry-level career opportunities, before moving on to both practical and theoretical skills in the business arena. Purchasing, budgeting, planning and cost control knowledge informs students of the market requirements of running a hotel, restaurant or institutional business. Students can also receive grounding in the marketing, financial management, law, facilities management, and travel industry skills necessary in the operation of a business in the various segments of the multi-faceted hospitality industry. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Bachelor’s in Hospitality Management degree program is to prepare students for entry-level positions in the hospitality industry. A com¬prehensive curriculum in all facets of the industry, along with personal and professional development skills is designed to prepare students to assume management roles in a wide variety of hospitality applicactions. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to: 1. Seek an entry-level skill position in the food service industry 2. Demonstrate and articulate an awareness of the cross-cultural, moral, ethical and environmental issues in hospitality organizations and their relationship with all stakeholders 3. List, explore and critically analyze the principles and practices impacting contemporary issues affecting the global hospitality industry 4. Differentiate between the many roles and responsibilities of a manager within a range of hospitality environments 5. Implement operational sales and marketing techniques in hospitality organizations 6. Prepare, maintain, analyze, and utilize financial documents and data related to hospitality organizations 7. Create a business plan for a food service outlet or hospitality company THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES NOTE: The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: This program requires the use of a laptop. The following hardware and software requirements listed below are the minimum specifications necessary for the computer: • Hardware: 256 MB of RAM or more, 5 GB of free disk space, 802.11b or 802.11g wireless network adapter • Platform: Windows XP, Vista, or 7; MacOS X only • Minimum: Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher for Windows, Safari or Firefox 1.5 or higher for Macintosh NOTE: JavaScript & Cookies must be enabled. • Students can purchase discounted laptops through www.aistudentstore.com AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes HM and CU identify the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT CREDITS // HOURS AD2430 Fundamentals Of Marketing and Advertising CU1210 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques CU1620 American Regional Cuisine CU2252 Latin Cuisine CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management ** CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen CU3423 Catering and Event Management CU3455 Human Resources Management CU3480 Quality Service Management and Training CU4412 Exploring Wines and the Culinary Arts CU4420 Facilities Management and Design CU4430 Global Management/Operations 440 220 6110 6110 230 440 440 8150 440 440 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1406Nutrition GE1410 English I § GE1424 Public Speaking GE1466 Principles of Economics GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ 440 440 440 440 440 440 CREDITS // HOURS DM2430Principles Of Managerial Accounting HM1430 Sales and Public Relations HM1440 Lodging Operations ** HM2450 Front Office Management HM2451 Purchasing/Contract Service HM2480 Hospitality Law HM2481 Institutional Operations HM3412 Travel and Tourism HM3490 Risk Management HM3491 Multi-Unit/Chain/Franchise Operations HM4401 Hospitality Accounting ** HM4430 Hospitality Capstone ** PA4416 HM Management Internship 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 16480 GE2423 Environmental Science GE2442 Critical Thinking GE2477 Spanish I GE2478 Spanish II GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4461Physics 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,300 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 33 INTERIOR DESIGN BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Interior designers must have a thorough understanding of efficient space planning, human factors, color, pattern, lighting, furniture, and materials. These elements are essential to the creation of residential and commercial spaces. Whether working for architectural or interior design firms, hotel or restaurant chains, department or furniture stores, or independently as consultants or firm owners, accomplished designers are adept at working with clients and understanding their needs. Students begin with a foundation in basic rendering and perspective, have the opportunity to build the aesthetic and technical problem-solving skills and discover the difference between designing for architectural firms, retail stores, hotels and restaurants. Students have the opportunity to learn how to keep accurate records and discover how to buy wholesale, enter a world where color, texture, fabric, and light are instruments that paint an environment, and are introduced to computer-aided drafting (CAD) and sample the real world of interior design in the studio, the showroom, and the business planning office. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Interior Design Bachelor’s degree program is to graduate students prepared for their profession, able to conceive and execute viable, creative design solutions in diverse occupations within current market realities. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Design Theory: Graduates will apply theories and knowledge of design to develop creative solutions to interior design problems 2. Problem Solving: Graduates will solve interior design problems within the constraints of applicable codes and industry standards 3. Communication: Graduates will demonstrate the communication skills needed for success in the interior design field 4. Material Use: Graduates will produce effective designs using appropriate materials and products 5. Professionalism: Graduates will conduct themselves in accord with the professional and ethical standards of the interior design profession THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix ID identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. INTERIOR DESIGN CREDITS // HOURS GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1473 Color & Design ID1420 Architectural Drafting** ID1421 Perspectives ID1426 Mixed Media ID1433 Textiles & Fabrics ID1440 3D Design ID2420 History of Design to 1830 ID2422 Introduction to Space Planning ID2424 Elements of Interior Design ID2425 Building Materials and Mechanical Systems ID2430 Computer Aided Drafting** ID2431 Revit ID2440 Design Process ID2441 Design Development: Residential 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ 440 440 440 440 440 440 CREDITS // HOURS ID2442 Design Development: Commercial ID2443 Problems in Residential Design ID3419 Civilization & the Arts ID3420 History of Design from 1830 to Present ID3421 19th & 20th Century Architecture ID3425Lighting ID3427 Interior Tectonics & Codes** ID3429 Interior Detailing ID3440 Specialty Design ID3441 Advanced Residential Design ID3442 Advanced Corporate Design ID4425 Advanced Detailing** ID4440 Advanced Specialty Design ID4479 Professional Practice ID4480 Senior Design Project 460 460 440 440 440 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 460 GE2423 Environmental Science GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,320 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 35 INTERIOR DESIGN ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 8 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Our Associate’s level Interior Design degree program is carefully balanced and designed to provide a three-dimensional understanding of space, form, and function. In early courses, students have the opportunity to learn the basics of drawing, drafting, color, and design, and the fundamentals of space planning and perspective. In later quarters, students have the opportunity to receive training in working drawings, detailing, life safety codes, and learn about textiles and the history of design. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Interior Design Associate degree program is to prepare students to function as professionals who are able to develop viable creative solutions within residential ssettings and limited commercial applcations. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Design Theory: Graduates will apply theories and knowledge of design to develop creative solutions to interior design problems 2. Codes & Standards: Solve interior design problems in accordance with applicable codes and industry standards 3. Communication: Graduates will demonstrate the communication skills needed for success in the interior design field 4. Material Use: Graduates will produce effective designs using appropriate materials and products 5. Professionalism: Graduates will conduct themselves in accord with the professional and ethical standards of the interior design profession THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix ID identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. INTERIOR DESIGN CREDITS // HOURS GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1473 Color & Design ID1420 Architectural Drafting** ID1421 Perspectives ID1426 Mixed Media ID2420 History of Design to 1830 ID2422 Introduction to Space Planning ID2424 Elements of Interior Design CREDITS // HOURS 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 460 460 ID2430 Computer Aided Drafting** ID2431Revit ID2440 Design Process ID2441 Design Development: Residential ID2443 Problems in Residential Design ID3420 History of Design from 1830 to Present ID3440 Specialty Design 460 460 460 460 460 440 460 440 440 440 440 GE2411 GE2412 GE2423 GE2442 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History English II College Mathematics §§ Environmental Science Critical Thinking ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 96 credits : 1,240 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 37 INTERIOR PLANNING WITH AUTOCAD ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 8 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Everything that is manufactured, constructed, or remodeled involves charts, plans or drawings. The drafter puts the designs on paper that are essential to managers, financiers, engineers, and manufacturers. The overall program objective is to develop as an entry-level drafter. The program focuses on building construction. In addition to the opportunity to learn the basic skills such as lettering, line work, and drafting principles, the student can learn to use codes specification and reference materials. Training is also devoted to learning Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) when the power of the computer and advanced software greatly expands the drafter’s productivity. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Interior Design wtih AutoCAD Associate degree program is to preparetudents to function as professionals skilled in drafting and space planning. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Design Theory: Graduates will apply theories and knowledge of design to develop creative solutions to interior design problems 2. Codes & Standards: Solve interior design problems in accordance with applicable codes and industry standards 3. Communication: Graduates will demonstrate the communication skills needed for success in the interior design field 4. Professionalism: Graduates will conduct themselves in accord with the professional and ethical standards of the interior design profession THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix ID identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. INTERIOR PLANNING WITH AUTOCAD CREDITS // HOURS GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1473 Color & Design ID1420 Architectural Drafting** ID1421 Perspectives ID1426 Mixed Media ID1440 3D Design ID2422 Introduction to Space Planning ID2425 Building Materials and Mechanical Systems CREDITS // HOURS 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 ID2430 Computer Aided Drafting** ID2431Revit ID2443 Problems in Residential Design ID3425Lighting ID3427 Interior Tectonics & Codes** ID3429 Interior Detailing ID3440 Specialty Design 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 440 440 440 GE2411 GE2412 GE2423 GE2442 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History English II College Mathematics §§ Environmental Science Critical Thinking ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 96 credits : 1,280 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 39 MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Bachelor’s level degree program in Media Arts & Animation is a twelve quarter program. The program provides the graduate with art, design, technical, business, and life skills needed to develop and sustain a career in the fields of animation and related media arts. PROGRAM MISSION The Bachelor’s level Media Arts & Animation degree program is designed to provide graduates with the relevant career skills needed to seek entry-level careers in the animation industry. The goal is accomplished through a focused curriculum based on industry validated program exit competencies. Graduates will be prepared for entry-level positions in 2D and 3D animation, 3D modeling, artists or other animation and art specialists. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Graduates will demonstrate application of learned concepts from foundation level art courses. These would include: drawing, color, form, design, composition and foundation level digital art skills 2. Graduates will demonstrate an applied technical knowledge of animation tools and software according to current industry standards 3. Graduates will demonstrate a practical understanding and application in the principles of animation, acting and movement and cinematic storytelling as it relates to 2D and 3D animation (as applicable) 4. Graduates will demonstrate professionalism, through the creation and presentation of a demo-reel and self-promotion package, according to current industry standards 5. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to conceptualize, plan, execute, and deliver quality animation projects 6. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to work on team-based projects THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixe CA identify the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION CREDITS // HOURS CA1400 Production Fundamentals** for CA and VE CA1405 Advanced Drawing for Animation CA1409 History and Trends in Animation CA1410 Storyboarding and Animatics CA1415 Writing for Animation CA1420 Digital Imaging** CA2413 Acting for Animators CA2425 Introduction to 2D Animation** CA2429 Introduction to 3D Modeling** for CA and VE CA2430 Introduction to Video CA2432 Character/Object Design CA2439 Introduction to 3D Animation** CA2440 Digital Video Editing CA3425 Materials and Lighting CA3449 Intermediate 3D Modeling** for CA and VE 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 CREDITS // HOURS CA3459 Intermediate 3D Animation** for CA CA3460 Computer Animation Studio CA3469 Advanced 3D Modeling CA3470 Special Topics for Computer Animation CA4461 Traditional Animation Studio CA4480 Team Animation GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1403 Typography for Digital Media GD1411 Intermediate Drawing GD1473 Color & Design IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design PA4483 Digital Portfolio** PA4484 Portfolio Presentation** PA4486Internship 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 4120 GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 ELECTIVES (SELECT ONE) CA2435 Advanced 2D Animation CA3479 Advanced 3D Animation 460 460 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,480 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 41 PHOTOGRAPHY BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM In our Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree program, you have the opportunity to seek key technical skill with basic classes in photography (both traditional darkroom and digital), design, and layout. As you gain proficiency, you can increase your skill level with coursework in studio and product photography, in-depth topical explorations of subject, and professional level digital photographic printing. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the Photography Bachelor’s degree program is to provide students with technical skills and the mature design vision needed to produce compelling imagery. Students can also acquire communication and business skills appropriate to market needs. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Students graduating from the Photography program will: 1. Produce a portfolio of original work for current media and multiple platforms demonstrating industry standards, and employing appropriate technical strategies 2. Be able to place themselves and their work within an historic and cultural context 3. Be able to use problem-solving processes to produce visually compelling imagery reflective of their personal styles and visions 4. Conceptualize, plan and implement marketing strategies and a business model reflective of industry standards, while demonstrating personal motivation and ethical practices THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MNNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix PH identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS // HOURS AD2400 Computer Illustration AD3450 Art Direction CA2430 Introduction to Video DM2490Project Management GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1403 Typography for Digital Media GD1411 Intermediate Drawing GD1431 Design Layout GD1473 Color & Design GD3470 Law and the Commercial Arts IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design PH1401 Principles of Photography** PH1410 History and Survey of Photography PH1413 Fundamentals of Lighting** PH1450 Photographic Design 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 460 460 440 460 460 ELECTIVE (SELECT ONE) 460 CREDITS // HOURS PH1470 Large Format Photography PH2413 Advanced Lighting PH2451 Digital Photographic Production** PH2454 Photographic Language and Culture PH2460 Digital Darkroom PH2470 Editorial Photography PH2478 Location Photography PH3400 The Business of Photography PH3410 Photographic Essays & Visual Narratives PH3413 Photographic Studio PH4410Specialization** PA4485 Portfolio Preparation PA4486Internship PA4487Portfolio 460 460 460 440 460 460 460 440 460 460 460 460 4120 460 GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 CA2440 Digital Video Editing PH2476 Multimedia for Photographers GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,400 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 43 DIGITAL IMAGE MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Digital Image Management diploma program will prepare students to seek entry-level positions in their chosen field. Students are primarily focused on the creation of digital photography and videos, the development of websites, publishing electronic images for print and the web, and basic business principles. Students will gain knowledge in the key functions of digital photography and video; this involves the basics of how to produce digital photographs and videos that effectively communicate their ideas, the techniques of digital editing, asset management, and publishing and printing of digital files. Students will be taught business principles including how to keep financial records, market their work, and the basic knowledge of licensing, copyright laws, contracts, and negotiation. Students are primarily focused on digital photography, the publishing of electronic images for print and web, and basic business principles. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the diploma program in Digital Image Management is to prepare students to seek postitions in their chosen field, and function as assistants for a professional photographer. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Demonstrate knowledge and control of the photographic process, including image manipulation, photo retouching, color management, printing, network use and digital asset management 2. Demonstrate knowledge of the workings of a large, multi-functional commercial photographic studio, its business and operations, including key concepts of business plans, competitive business strategies, human resources, database management, and financial principles 3. Create advanced market research including branding, competitive analysis, and direct marketing THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MNNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixe PH identifies the core courses required in this program. DIGITAL IMAGE MANAGEMENT CREDITS // HOURS CREDITS // HOURS CA2430 - Introduction to Video GD3470 - Law & the Commercial Arts PH1402 - Principles of Photography for Non Majors PH1413 - Fundamentals of Lighting PH1450 - Photographic Design PH2413 - Advanced Lighting 460 440 460 460 460 460 PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production PH2460 - Digital Darkroom PH2470 - Editorial Photography PH2476 - Multimedia for Photographers PH3400 - The Business of Photography PH3413 - Photographic Studio 460 460 460 460 440 460 TOTAL: 48 credits : 680 hours 45 VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION GRAPHICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Art Institutes International Minnesota Bachelor’s Program in Visual Effects & Motion Graphics will train graduates in two major areas: motion graphics and digital compositing. These interrelated fields deal with design, layering and movement of digital elements and imagery. PROGRAM MISSION The Bachelor of Science degree program in Visual Effects & Motion Graphics is designed to prepare graduates for entry-level positions in television, the film industry, visual effects, corporate postproduction and other related fields by providing for a solid foundation in the principles of art, design, professional skills and technical knowledge essential for their success. Graduates will be prepared for entry-level positions in broadcast and cable television, film, videos, and DVD post-production industries. PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Conceptualize and design effective motion graphics within professional design parameters 2. Create engaging visual effects by implementing post-production techniques 3. Demonstrate technical application of compositing, 3D, video editing, and use of live-action plates to enhance visual communications 4. Demonstrate basic filmmaking principles in cinematography, animation and editing THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media CREDITS // HOURS GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes CA and VE identify the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION GRAPHICS CREDITS // HOURS CREDITS // HOURS CA1400 Production Fundamentals** for CA and VE CA2429 Introduction to 3D Modeling** CA2430 Introduction to Video** CA2440 Digital Video Editing CA3425 Materials and Lighting CA3449 Intermediate 3D Modeling** DF1410 Principles of Preproduction GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1403 Typography for Digital Media GD1473 Color & Design VE1409 History and Trends in Visual Effects VE1438 Computer Graphics** VE1457 Conceptual Storytelling VE2450 Maps, Mattes, and Masks 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 VE2453 Introduction to VFX** VE2467 Production Design VE2481 Interactive Visual Design VE2486 Broadcast Graphics VE3453 Intermediate VFX** VE3457 Post Production Management VE3465 Digital Cinematography for VFX VE3477 3D Effects VE3486 Intermediate Broadcast Graphics** VE4463 Advanced VFX I VE4467 Production Studio I VE4473 Advanced VFX II VE4486 Advanced Broadcast Graphics PA4483 Digital Portfolio** PA4486Internship ELECTIVE (SELECT ONE) 460 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 4120 CA2431 Audio Production PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,480 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 47 WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Web Design & Interactive Media Bachelor’s degree program prepares graduates for entrylevel positions in the interactive design field. The program provides a comprehensive design foundation and advanced level of web development: Design and programming skills combined with business strategies and user-centered needs to create interactive technology solutions. PROGRAM MISSION Web Design & Interactive Media is a user-centered design program. Program outcomes are focused on creativity, design strategy, and technology solutions across media platforms. Program competencies are those related to interface design, interactivity, visual design, database design, dynamic content design, technology, and information design. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Presentation - Graduates will possess the requisite presentation, interviewing, resume building and business knowledge critical to seeking an entry-level web designer and/or developer position in the industry 2. Design - Graduates will apply the vocabulary and concepts of interactive design, through effective communication and creative design 3. Technical Skill - Graduates will demonstrate a strong foundation in interactive development through effective and efficient implementation of integrated functionality with authoring systems and/or web scripting 4. Documentation - Graduates will apply advanced skills in the principles of form and function to document and produce designs and business solutions appropriate to a particular client or target audience while developing a professional portfolio 5. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to work on team-based projects THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix IM identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA CREDITS // HOURS AD2400 Computer Illustration CA2430 Introduction to Video CA2431 Audio Production GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1403 Typography for Digital Media GD1420 Image Manipulation GD1431 Design Layout GD1473 Color & Design GD3445 Marketing Design GD3470 Law & the Commercial Arts IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design** IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages** IM2440 User Centered Interface Design IM2460 Introduction to Authoring 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 460 460 460 460 IM2470 Interactive Motion Graphics IM2480 Digital Video Production IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting IM3411 Writing for Interactive Design IM3420 Advanced Scripting Languages** IM3460 Intermediate Authoring IM4420 Dynamic Web Applications** IM4440 Usability Evaluation IM4470 E-Learning Design & Applications IM4480 Web Design & Interactive Media Production Team IM4490 Special Topics in Web Design & Interactive Media PA4485 Portfolio Preparation** PA4487Portfolio** VE1438 Computer Graphics 460 460 460 440 460 460 460 460 460 PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors 460 460 460 PA4486Internship VE2453 Introduction to VFX 4120 460 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 GE2442 Critical Thinking GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 ELECTIVES A (SELECT ONE) GD2425 Advanced Typography GD2440 Print Production CREDITS // HOURS 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 ELECTIVES B (SELECT ONE) GD3455 Package Design GD3465 Publication Design GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,380 hours without Internship elective 49 WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 7 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM Web Design & Interactive Media Associate degree program prepares graduates for entry-level positions in the interactive design field. The program provides a comprehensive interactive design foundation. PROGRAM MISSION Web Design & Interactive Media is a user-centered design program. Program outcomes are focused on creativity, design strategy, and technology solutions across media platforms. Program competencies are those related to interface design, interactivity, technology and visual design. Graduates can seek employment in the interactive design field. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Theory: Demonstrate and integrate knowledge of the major concepts, theoretical perspectives, empirical findings, and historical trends in interactive media 2. Design skills: Graduates will incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout and design. This includes special relationships; communication legibility and effectiveness; interrelationships among imagery and text; balance; typography; and color theory 3. Technical expertise: Students will demonstrate and apply competencies in the technical aspects of prepress, output, and quality reproduction using industry-specific computer software programs 4. Theory: Graduates will integrate the theory of interactive media into the production of specific projects 5. Research: Graduates will demonstrate the research skills expected of practitioners in the field of interactive media design 6. Communication: Graduates demonstrate a command of the vocabulary of interactive media design 7. Information Management: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to acquire and use digital information appropriately THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix IM identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA CREDITS // HOURS CA2430 Introduction to Video GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1402 Drawing & Perspective GD1403 Typography for Digital Media GD1420 Image Manipulation GD3445 Marketing Design IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design** IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages** CREDITS // HOURS 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 IM2440 IM2460 IM2470 IM2490 IM3420 PA4485 VE1438 User Centered Interface Design Introduction to Authoring Interactive Motion Graphics Interactive Motion Scripting Advanced Scripting Languages** Portfolio Preparation** Computer Graphics 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 440 440 440 440 GE2411 GE2412 GE2423 GE2442 English II College Mathematics §§ Environmental Science Critical Thinking 440 440 440 440 GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM GE1410 English I § GE1413Psychology GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. § Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher TOTAL: 92 credits : 1,220 hours §§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 51 WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Web Design & Development diploma program teaches students how to create the look, feel and functionality of World Wide Web pages for client Web sites. This involves developing a design that effectively communicates the ideas being promoted by the Web sites, and focusing on the ways in which the Web sites function for optimum information delivery. The program will also focus on the design and development of mobile device applications. Students will develop abilities in aspects of Web design, computer languages, and multimedia skills, along with developing a professional portfolio as a formal transition into the workplace. Students will also learn to adapt the most up-to-date programs, techniques and standards in a field that is quickly and continuously changing. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the diploma Web Design & Development Program is to prepare students to seek positions in their field and function as trained professionals. Students are primarily focused on the efficient and effective design and development of Web sites and mobile device applications in order to best convey the transmission and sharing of information through the Web. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Demonstrate professional visual communication skills through the use of graphic illustrations, photography and typography 2. Integrate composition and design in support of concept 3. Demonstrate the ability to program and code to functional requirements of media project(s) 4. Apply critical thinking and needs analysis to concept design and in developing media marketing 5. Apply presentation and communication skills to produce design and business solutions appropriate to a particular client or target audience THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix IM identifies the core courses required in this program. WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT CREDITS // HOURS GD1401 Fundamentals of Design GD1403 Typography for Digital Media GD1420 Image Manipulation CA2430 Introduction to Video IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design** IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages** ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. 460 460 460 460 460 460 CREDITS // HOURS IM2440 IM2460 IM2470 IM2490 IM3420 PA4485 User Centered Interface Design Introduction to Authoring Interactive Motin Graphics Interactive Motion Scripting Advanced Scripting Languages** Porfolio Prep 460 460 460 460 460 460 TOTAL: 48 credits : 720 hours 53 WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS ABOUT THE PROGRAM The Web Design & Interactive Communications diploma program teaches students how to create the look, feel and functionality of World Wide Web pages for client Web sites with a specific emphasis on professional standards and practical deployment. This course of study extends foundation principles in visual communications and interactive media as related to dynamic delivery through multiple channels including mobile technologies. Students will develop abilities in computer languages, usability principles and information architecture in a team-oriented environment that prepares them for the professional world. Students will also be trained in current web technologies and in project management on assignments that will enhance their personal portfolio. PROGRAM MISSION The mission of the diploma in Web Design & Interactive Communications program is to prepare students to seek positions in their field and function as trained professionals. Students are primarily focused on the efficient and effective design, development and deployment of Web sites and mobile device applications in order to best convey the transmission and sharing of information through the Web. PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Demonstrate the use of appropriate visual elements and visual communication skills for interactive media. 2. Create applications that solve specified problems through a variety of scripting techniques. 3. Critique and evaluate appropriate design solutions. 4. Design and develop media marketing and business plans THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA COURSE CODES The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management AP Audio Production ID Interior Design CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography DM Design Management SM Studio Management DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media GE General Education The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix IM identifies the core courses required in this program. Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS CREDITS // HOURS CA2431 Audio Production IM2460 Introduction to Authoring IM3420 Advanced Scripting Languages** IM2470 Interactive Motion Graphics IM3411 Writing for Interactive Design IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. 460 460 460 460 460 460 CREDITS // HOURS IM3460 IM4420 IM4440 IM4470 IM4490 PA4487 Intermediate Authoring Dynamic Web Applications Usability Evaluation E-Learning Design& Applications Special Topics in WDIM Portfolio 460 460 460 460 460 460 TOTAL: 48 credits : 700 hours 55 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Course descriptions describe the learning opportunities that are provided through the classroom and coursework. It is each student’s responsibility to participate in the activities that will lead to successfully meeting the learning outcomes. This course is an examination of human relations theory and individual, group, and organizational performance in relation to the organizational structures of contemporary businesses and public agencies. ADVERTISING COURSES AD2430 - Fundamentals of Marketing and Advertising AD1400 - History of Advertising 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AD and DM. Prerequisites: none 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course presents a survey of major events and development in the history of motion media and mass communication. The survey focuses on the relationship between technology and media development and explores the impact motion media and mass communication has on society and economy. AD1420 - Conceptual Thinking 4 credits Prerequisite: none Students will learn basic skills that will support their learning throughout the course and help them create a foundation for nurturing creativity in their work and lives. They will be given the tools to help them identify and solve problems, formulate objectives, and create a plan to reach their objectives. AD2400 - Computer Illustration 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AD. Prerequisites: GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design, and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective This course explores the methods and techniques of computer-generated or manipulated images as solutions to illustration projects. Object-oriented graphics and paint system programs are utilized. AD2420 - Organizational Behavior 4 credits, **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DM. Prerequisite: none This course addresses the fundamental concepts and principles of marketing as it relates to advertising, its history, potential, and limitations. An overview of marketing will help students place their knowledge in a framework and understand how each component contributes to the strength and utility of a marketing plan. Students will examine various definitions and methods of advertising communication, as well as advertising objectives, advertising copy, and federal regulations. Students will look at how marketing and advertising have changed over the years and been affected by world events and cultural assumptions. The course will also help the student recognize emerging trends and capitalize on them. AD2440 - Media and Advertising Design 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AD. Prerequisites: AD1420 - Conceptual Thinking and AD2400 - Computer Illustration This course examines the structures and communications skills used by the various members of a creative team and further defines the role of graphic design in an advertising context. The processes of concept development, media application, and design creation are emphasized. In addition, the variety of media used by graphic designers and their suppliers will be examined. Campaign strategies, based on media and marketing realities will also be defined and applied. AD2460 - Branding 4 credits Prerequisite: AD2430 - Fundamentals of Marketing and Advertising “Branding” became a buzz word in 1990s advertising, but this process has evolved into a powerful way to organize and utilize an understanding of consumer needs and motivations in a changing marketplace. As the retail environment changes, marketing people can rely less on the traditional tools of print and broadcast media. Marketing strategists need to learn how to create an identity for their products and services and how to use that identity to support sales. This course is an introduction to the essential concepts and skills of brand marketing. AD2490 - Dynamics of Integrated Marketing 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AD. Prerequisite: DM2470 - Principles of Market Research In this course, students create an integrated marketing plan. Beginning with a situation analysis, students learn and apply the process of analyzing an organization’s marketing mix, industry and competition. Based on this information, students learn to identify potential business problems, opportunities and write meaningful objectives. A target audience is selected and studied in depth. Strategy is heavily emphasized, including the characteristics of a strong strategy and various types of strategy. Students will study how to translate the strategy to the audience using the five promotional tools that are advertising, sales promotion, direct marketing, personal selling and public relations. Students will apply all these principles during the creation of their IMC plans. AD3400 - Persuasion and the Consumer 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course covers persuasive communication techniques, particularly in the area of advertising, and examines the cultural, social, and individual variables involved in consumer behavior. Areas THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA covered include the fields of logic and psychology. Among the topics to be covered are the framing effect, emotional hot buttons, mass appeal, snob appeal, subliminal messages, and the bandwagon effect. Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, emotional reactions and how to achieve them, and the various types of media that could be used to achieve the appropriate desired response are also covered. AD3420 - Copywriting 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AD. Prerequisites: AD3400 - Persuasion and the Consumer This course addresses the need to communicate in writing on the job. A variety of materials must be written for a business: memos, letters, news summaries, proposals, presentations, and copy for advertising or marketing. Students will learn to identify the requirements of different types of writing and to prepare material to communicate clearly and effectively. AD3440 - Advertising Campaign 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AD. Prerequisites: AD2490 - Dynamics of Integrated Marketing and AD3420 - Copywriting and AD3450 - Art Direction Students create an integrated marketing campaign consisting of three or more different applications of a single, unified theme or concept. Campaign strategy and tactics are based on media and marketing realities. AD3450 - Art Direction 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1431 - Design Layout This course is an introduction to the principles of concept and problem solving for print photography and broadcast media as they relate to the function of the art director. Also studied is the interaction of the creative, marketing and production functions in the promotion of ideas. AD4400 – Advanced Copywriting 4 credits Prerequisite: AD3420 - Copywriting In this course, students learn to develop effective advertising strategies and copy executions that underlie and enable creative marketing and advertising campaigns, and to cultivate clear, logical and creative copywriting skills. Students will also learn the unique characteristics of digital media and the creation of scripts for digital media production. Students will also learn to conduct research for media writing projects. AD4440 - Advanced Advertising Campaign AP1420 - Digital Audio I 4 credits Prerequisite: AD3440 - Advertising Campaign 4 credits Prerequisite: AP1400 - Survey of the Music Industry Students research and develop a fully integrated advertising/promotional campaign for a brand with international distribution. Value is placed on the importance of deadline, budget, client relationship, presentation and its relationship to the design process. The student’s senior project documents, supports and argues the rationale and effectiveness of the campaign in written form. Students prepare, present and defend a graduate project suitable for a professional audience. AD4450 - Media Planning and Buying Media as part of a delivery channel for a marketing message will be the focus of this course. Topics include media as critical to the fulfillment of the overall marketing strategy, cost effectiveness, and alternative and new media. AD4460 - Global Business Perspectives AP1440 - Audio Technology II 4 credits Prerequisite: none 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP. Prerequisites: AP1410 - Audio Technology I This course offers an analysis of world markets, consumer behaviors, advertising, foreign environments, and the marketing management required to meet the demands of dynamic global markets. The problems of foreign competition, diminishing US market share and the US economy’s interdependence of world markets will be the focus of this course. In addition, different foreign market entry strategies will be analyzed. AD4480 - Capstone 4 credits, **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AD. Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director In this course, students will demonstrate knowledge across the curriculum by creating sample projects that cover marketing, media, sales, and creative coursework completed over all previous quarters. The capstone project simulates the advertising agency work environment, requiring teamwork as well as individual contributions. AUDIO PRODUCTION COURSES AP1400 - Survey of the Music Industry 4 credits Prerequisite: none AD4420 - Sales AP1410 - Audio Technology I 4 credits Prerequisite: none An understanding of the sales process and the steps to sell a product or service is essential to a student who works in any area of business. Selling is an essential skill for the sales function of a business, but is also part of the job for many other employees. This course focuses on the essential skills and knowledge one needs to affect a sale, as well as the ways that the sales pitch can be focused to solve customer problems. 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course introduces students to the rudiments of music theory. Students learn to identify notes and common scales as well as the notation of notes, scales and simple rhythms. The concept and structure of the lead sheet will be introduced. An ear-training component will develop the students’ skill in identifying and transcribing simple chords, melodies, and rhythms. This course examines the historical development of public relations, showing the principles, methods, and means of influencing public opinion. 4 credits Prerequisite: none AP1430 - Music Theory I 4 credits Prerequisite: AD2430 - Fundamentals of Marketing and Advertising Students explore the music industry and its constituent sectors, including music performing, recording, promoting, and record distribution. Lectures and projects focus on identifying various career opportunities and typical career paths in the music industry and knowledge and skill sets needed to succeed as an entry level professional. AD4410 - Public Relations & Promotion This course introduces students to the theories, practices, and tools used in digital audio production and techniques of non-linear digital audio editing, focusing on the fundamental theories and concepts behind various types of digital audio tools. Through lectures and in class projects, students develop knowledge and skills needed to operate non-linear audio workstations. 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP. Prerequisites: none This course examines the principles of audio signals and the equipment used to record, process, and distribute audio content. Students will begin to develop an understanding of signal flow of audio systems using block diagrams. A survey of audio transmission, manipulation, and delivery systems including cables, connectors, basic stereo mixers, microphones, amplifiers, and loudspeakers will be presented. In this course students continue to study the principles of audio signals and the equipment used to record, process, and distribute audio content. Sound in acoustical form is discussed in relation to studio acoustics. Students expand their understanding of signal flow of advanced audio systems by creating and reading complex block diagrams. Some of the topics studied in depth are: signal processors, dynamic range, distortion, analogue recording, and SMPTE time code. AP1450 - Music Theory II 4 credits Prerequisite: AP1430 - Music Theory I This course continues with the development of the rudiments of music theory and expands into an introduction to harmony, voice leading, modes and compound time signatures. Students will learn to create simple lead sheets. An ear-training component will extend the work from Music Theory I to include more complex chords and intervals. AP1460 - Digital Audio II 4 credits 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP. Prerequisite: AP1420 - Digital Audio I Students learn the concepts and production techniques used with Pro Tools integrated into a digital audio workstation. Topics include computer based digital audio workstations, sound design, field recording, digital audio transfer protocols, software-based effects plug-ins, and online automation. AP2400 - Audio Recording I 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP. Prerequisite: AP1410 - Audio Technology I This course runs in conjunction with Audio Technology II. The theoretical foundations presented in Audio Technology II are reinforced in this course through practical, hands-on applications. Students learn the operational techniques of basic audio systems with an emphasis on mixdown of prerecorded multitrack tapes and eight-track recording projects. 57 AP2410 - Listening and Analysis AP3410 - Advanced Recording Techniques I 4 credits Prerequisite: AP1450 Music Theory II 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass. Prerequisite: AP2440 - Audio Recording II This course introduces the student to ear-training and critical listening from the perspective of the audio engineer and contemporary production techniques. The student will learn to aurally analyze and identify typical contemporary popular song forms and the production techniques used to create them. AP2420 - Acoustics 4 credits Prerequisite: AP1440 - Audio Technology II and GE2412 - College Mathematics This course examines the physical behavior of sound indoors and outdoors. Topics include human hearing and the principles of psychoacoustics, sound propagation, transmission, reflection, diffraction, diffusion, noise reduction, basic studio and room acoustics, and sound isolation. Concepts will be presented through lectures and case studies. AP2440 - Audio Recording II 4 credits Prerequisite: AP2400 - Audio Recording I Students expand and develop the skills learned in Fundamentals of Audio Production through multi-track recording projects. The course focuses on recording techniques used in music production. Emphasis is placed on signal flow for basic tracks, mixdown, and overdubs. Other topics include close and distant microphone techniques, recording session management, analog tape recorders, studio documentation, signal processing, and moving fader automation systems. AP2450 - Electronics 4 credits Prerequisite: AP2420 - Acoustics This course introduces students to the fundamental concepts of electronics as they relate to audio production. Topics include Ohm’s Law, AC and DC circuits, basic troubleshooting for audio equipment, AC line voltage and filtered DC voltage, etc. AP2460 - MIDI Systems I 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP. Prerequisite: AP1450 - Music Theory II and AP1460 - Digital Audio II This course allows students to develop a working theoretical and skills-based knowledge of the multi-timbral synthesizer and the sequencing environment within the context of the contemporary MIDI production studio. Both live and studio applications are covered, and full use is made of the digital signal processing resources available within the equipment. AP3400 - MIDI Systems II 4 credits Prerequisite: AP2460 - MIDI Systems I In MIDI Systems II students develop a detailed knowledge of the MIDI language and learn to apply more flexible and in-depth uses of sequencers involving graphical and list based editing, static and dynamic parameter and tempo automation, and the basic recording of MIDI messages. Students gain greater proficiency in MIDI production processes through small group and individual production projects. This course covers the techniques and technology typical to professional music recording and mixing using advanced large format consoles. Topics include: studio procedures and professionalism, SSL Console operation, advanced signal flow, signal processing, analytical BS – Audio Production and critical listening skills, close, distant and stereo mic techniques for a variety of musical instruments, and basic mixdown strategies. AP3420 - Live Sound Reinforcement I 4 credits Prerequisite: AP2440 - Audio Recording II and AP2450 - Electronics In this course students learn to set up and operate various audio equipment for a typical live sound reinforcement. Topics include reading block diagrams of audio systems, wiring speakers, connecting powers, testing and adjusting microphones, troubleshooting sound systems, and fine-tune reinforcement effects. AP3430 - Live Sound Reinforcement II 4 credits Prerequisite: AP3420 Live Sound Reinforcement I This course presents students more sophisticated and complex situations for live sound reinforcement. Through studio settings or real world events, students learn to operate large format analogue and digital mixing consoles and solve signal manipulation problems with transformers. Students also learn professional protocols in live sound reinforcement settings. AP3440 - Synthesis & Sound Design I 4 credits, **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP. Prerequisite: AP3400 - MIDI Systems II This course develops advanced skills using synthesizers and samplers. Students study the elements of sound and how they apply to simple and complex waveforms, envelopes, LFOs, filters and keyboard architecture. Theory and practice with sampling and subtractive synthesis using software and hardware sound sources. AP3450 - Advanced Recording Techniques II 4 credits Prerequisite: AP3410 - Advanced Recording Technique I This course provides the student a greater understanding of SSL consoles and VCA automation systems. Students use SMPTE Time Code for synchronization to a variety of multitrack formats, use digital audio sampling for sound replacement, and integrate Pro Tools and MIDI sequencers into the analog studio mixing environment. Critical listening skills and critical analysis of master tapes are emphasized. Students participate in in-class recording sessions and engineer recording projects during and out of class hours, which may be included in their portfolio. AP3460 - Synthesis & Sound Design II 4 credits Prerequisite: AP3440 - Synthesis & Sound Design I listening sessions will expose students to synthesis methods in various musical contexts. Detailed study of subtractive, FM, physical modeling and granular synthesis will culminate in original sound design projects. AP4400 - Senior Project I 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP. Prerequisite: AP3450 - Advanced Recording Techniques II This course initiates a two quarter long comprehensive project which will be integral to students’ final portfolios. Students will employ their cumulative skills to pre-produce a significant, sophisticated, multi-track digital audio work. Committee and/ or faculty will approve the project content and type of the audio work. Projects will be carried out individually or in groups based on the needs of the class as determined by the instructor. AP4410 - Entertainment Marketing & Management 4 credits Prerequisite: none Students explore the various aspects and business practices of the entertainment marketing and management field. Students will create a business and promotional plan and are introduced to concepts such as licensing, copyright exploitation, publishing and other promotional vehicles. The course also increases the students understanding of strategic analysis of the entertainment industry. AP4420 - Senior Project II 4 credits Prerequisite: AP4400 - Senior Project I This course continues the two-quarter long comprehensive project begun in Senior Project I. Students will employ cumulative skills to produce a significant, sophisticated, multi-track digital audio work. Projects will be carried out individually or in groups based on the needs of the class as determined by the instructor. AP4430 - Portfolio Preparation 4 credits Prerequisite: AP4400 - Senior Project I In this first portfolio course, students will assess personal strengths to establish a career goal and decide how to organize their audio production work in a graduation portfolio. Guided by a faculty member or a team of faculty, each student assembles a preliminary portfolio and identifies areas for more work and/or content enhancement. AP4440 - Portfolio 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP. Prerequisite: AP4430 - Portfolio Preparation and Academic Director Approval Built on the preliminary collection of work from Portfolio Preparation, this course allows each student to determine and design the final organization and presentation of the graduation portfolio. Each student is expected to verbally present the portfolio and address audience questions as a format of defense. This course will survey both commercially available synthesis methods and recent developments at audio research institutes. Students will also survey the current market for hardware and software implementation of various synthesis methods. Analytical THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA CULINARY ARTS COURSES CU1210 - Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques 2 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in all CUL and BP. Prerequisite: none The fundamental concepts, skills, and techniques involved in basic cookery are covered in this course. Special emphasis is given to the study of ingredients and cooking theories. Lectures teach organization skills in the kitchen and work coordination. The basics of stocks, soups, sauces, vegetable cookery, starch cookery, meat, and poultry are covered. Emphasis is given to basic cooking techniques such as sautéing, roasting, poaching, braising and frying. CU1443 - Artisan Breads and Baking Production 4 credits Prerequisite: CU1642 - Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques This course provides the information, tools and instruction to gain proficiency in the preparation of a variety of artisan breads. Emphasis will be placed upon learning to mix, ferment, shape, bake and store hand crafted breads. Students will focus on traditional fermentation, as well as the science of the ingredients. Students learn assembly speed and increase their proficiency in meeting production deadlines with quality products. higher to pass in all CUL and BP. Prerequisite: none The fundamental concepts, skills, and techniques involved in basic cookery are covered in this course. Special emphasis is given to the study of ingredients, cooking theories, and the preparation of stocks, broths, glazes, and soups, thickening agents, the grand sauces, and emulsion sauces. Lectures and demonstrations teach organization skills in the kitchen, work coordination, and knife skills. The basics of vegetable cookery, starch cookery, meat, and poultry are covered. Emphasis is given to basic cooking techniques such as sauteing, roasting, poaching, braising and frying. Students must successfully pass a practical cooking examination covering a variety of cooking techniques. CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine 6 credits Prerequisite: CU1210 - Concepts & Theories of Culinary Techniques and CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques The course reinforces the knowledge and skill learned in the preceding classes and helps students build confidence in the techniques of basic cookery. The development of knife skills is accented. American Regional Cuisine explores the use of indigenous ingredients in the preparation of traditional and contemporary American specialties. The concepts of mise en place, time-lines, plate presentation, and teamwork in a production setting are introduced and accentuated. Timing and organization skills are emphasized. CU1444 - European Cakes and Tortes 4 credits Prerequisite: CU1642 - Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques Students will build on competencies previously learned and apply those skills into new products to create more elaborate tortes and cakes using complex finishing methods by applying glazes, using decorative sponges, and building multi-component cakes. Topics to be covered include comparison of classical and modern preparations, classical cakes; glazed, iced, molded, and cream filled cakes, and bombes. CU1445 - Chocolate, Confections and Centerpieces 4 credits Prerequisite: CU1642 - Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques Students are introduced to the fundamental concepts, skills and techniques of chocolates and confections. Students are introduced to the basic techniques used in forming simple centerpieces. Lectures and demonstrations teach chocolate tempering, candy production and the rules that apply when creating centerpieces CU1446 - Advanced Patisserie and Display Cakes 4 credits Prerequisite: CU1642 - Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques This course explores the techniques of plated desserts and the theory behind building edible art for A la Carte service, competition or banquet functions. Methods and procedures for producing high quality specialty decorated cakes, as well as the design, assembly, and decorating of wedding cakes will be introduced. CU1610 - Fundamentals of Classical Techniques 6 credits; **This course requires a “C” or CU1642 - Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques 6 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass for all BP students. Prerequisite: none This course is a combination of theory, lecture, demonstration, and hands-on production to provide an introduction to baking and pastry techniques for use in a commercial kitchen. Special focus is placed on the study of ingredient functions, product identification, and weights and measures as applied to baking and pastry techniques. Instruction is provided on the preparation of yeast-raised dough mixing methods, roll-in doughs, pie doughs, basic cake mixing methods, fillings, icings, pastry cream, and finishing techniques. Students must pass a practical exam. CU2240 - Asian Cuisine 2 credits Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine This course emphasizes both the influences and ingredients that create the unique character of selected Asian cuisines. Students prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional dishes of the cuisines of India, the four regions of China, Japan, Vietnam, Thailand, and Indonesia. Importance will be placed on ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and techniques representative of these cuisines. CU2252 - Latin Cuisine 2 credits Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine This course emphasizes both the influences and ingredients that create the unique character of selected Latin cuisines. Students prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional dishes of Mexico, South America and the Caribbean Islands. Importance will be placed on ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and techniques representative of these cuisines. CU2272 - World Cuisine 2 credits Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine This course emphasizes both the influences and ingredients that create the unique character of selected World cuisines. Students prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional dishes of Spain, Middle East, Turkey, Greece, Africa and India. Importance will be placed on ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and techniques representative of these cuisines. CU2273 - Classical European Cuisine 2 credits Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine This course emphasizes both the influences and ingredients that create the unique character of selected Classical European Cuisines. Students prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional dishes of British Isles, Italy, France, and Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and Scandinavian countries. Importance will be placed on ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and techniques representative of these cuisines. CU2408 - Management, Supervision & Career Development 4 credits Prerequisite: none This is a multifaceted course that focuses on managing people from the hospitality supervisor’s viewpoint, and developing job search skills. The management emphasis is on techniques for increasing productivity, controlling labor costs, time management, and managing change. It also stresses effective communication and explains the responsibilities of a supervisor in the food service industry. Students develop techniques and strategies for marketing themselves in their chosen fields. Emphasis will be placed on students assessing their marketable skills, developing a network of contacts, generating interviews, writing a cover letter and resume, preparing for their employment interview, presenting a professional appearance, and interview follow-up. CU2409 - Management By Menu 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course prepares future food service managers by giving a clear picture of the important role menu planning plays within operations. It covers topics ranging from menu development, pricing, and evaluation to facilities design and layout. Students will benefit because good menu development is crucial to the success of any foodservice operation. For example: a planning tool, source of operational information and as a merchandising method for reaching patrons. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits CU2410 - Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course introduces the student to the methodologies and tools used to control costs and purchase supplies. This course helps the student value the purchasing, planning, and control processes in the food and beverage industry. Primary focus is on supplier selection, planning, and controlling costs, with an introduction to the study of sustainable products and approaches. Topics include planning and controlling costs using budgeting techniques, standard costing, standardized recipes, performance measurements, 59 and food, beverage, and labor cost controls. CU2451 - Food and Beverage Operations Management 4 credits **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in HM. Prerequisite: none This course addresses front-of-the-house operations and is designed to provide students with an introduction from a managerial perspective of providing exceptional service to increasingly sophisticated and demanding guests. Survey of the world’s leading wines classified by type, as well as other distilled beverages. Topics covered include the management and training of personnel to be responsible, professional alcohol servers, product knowledge, the income statement, job descriptions, sales forecasting and cost control. The students will produce a complete dining room and bar operation manual. This project should be saved on diskette or jump drive, as it will be used during Capstone or the development of a business plan. CU2650 - Garde Manger 6 credits Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Cuisine This course provides students with skills and knowledge of the organization, equipment, and responsibilities of the “cold kitchen”. Students are introduced to and prepare cold hors d’oeuvres, sandwiches, salads, as well as basic charcuterie items while focusing on the total utilization of product. Reception foods and buffet arrangements are introduced. Students must pass a written and practical exam. CU2861 - Ala Carte Kitchen 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in all CU majors. Prerequisite: none Introduces students to the A La Carte kitchen, emphasis is on “a la minute” method of food preparation, plus dining room service standards. Industry terminology, correct application of culinary skills, plate presentation, organization and timing in producing items off both a fixedprice menu and a la carte menu are stressed. The principles of dining room service are practiced and emphasized. The philosophy of food is further explored and examined in light of today’s understanding of food, nutrition and presentation. Prior work experience or field study experience requires supervised, verifiable experience in the culinary field with a minimum of 90 work hours in food production. Students are responsible for securing the field experience site and may seek assistance through The Institute. Field Experience is a semi-structured and supervised situation in which students receive basic training and directed work experience in selected entry-level positions consistent with career preference. Emphasis is on job competence, performance, and professionalism and work relations. Documentation must be completed during the course. CU3423 - Catering and Event Management 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course introduces the meeting planner, catering, and banquet manager perspectives in to the various market segments within the special event industry. It includes contracts, checklists, target markets, and closing the sale. CU3444 - Art Culinaire 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will celebrate the culinary styles, restaurants, restaurateur and chefs who are in the current industry spotlight. Their style, substance and quality will be discussed and examined. During the hands–on production aspect of the class, students will have the opportunity to be exposed to specialty produce and products. CU3455 - Human Resource Management 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course introduces the principles and practices of human resource management relevant to hospitality organizations, with emphasis on entry-level manager’s role. Topics covered will include employment laws, workforce management, compensation and benefits administration, labor unions, employee safety, diversity, and ethics. CU3480 - Quality Service Management and Training 4 credits Prerequisite: none This class will examine the role of service in the food service industry and explore how to give quality customer service. Service systems and training programs in quality operations will be examined through the use of case studies and hypothetical scenarios. The course will cover employee training and development from both a strategic and operational perspective. The class will culminate by examining Charlie Trotter’s service standards in what is often the best-rated restaurant in the United States. CU3481 - Foodservice Technology 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course is a survey course in foodservice information systems and technology (IS&T) designed to introduce students to the many diverse facets of IS&T in the foodservice industry. Current systems and issues of major importance in the field of IS&T are explored as they relate to the foodservice industry. Emphasis will be placed on the managerial and business aspects of IS&T, rather then the technical perspectives. Core topics will include key foodservice systems (e.g., accounting and property management systems, point-of-sale, sales and catering, etc.), guest service and customer relationship management (CRM), knowledge management, and IS&T strategy. CU3490 - Leadership and Organizational Development 4 credits Prerequisite: none Students examine leadership, organizational management and culture, focuses on the role of the managers as facilitators of change within the organizations. The course emphasizes the concepts of motivation, interpersonal relationships, group dynamics, leadership, and organization culture. Examination of leadership styles, development of strategic plans, and critical problem solving in the hospitality industry are covered in the course. CU4410 - Foodservice Financial Management 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in CM. Prerequisite: none In this course, the students develop a working knowledge of the current theories, issues and challenges involved with Foodservice Industry financial management. Students are introduced to the tools and skills that Foodservice Operators use in effective decision making. Topics include key financial statements, budgeting, cash management, cost concepts and behavior, investment analysis, and financial forecasting. CU4412 - Exploring Wines and The Culinary Arts 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course provides an introduction to the production of wine from vineyard to bottle, as well as a review of the basic grape varietals that are used to make wine. Through lectures, research and tasting, students are exposed to different types, styles, and quality levels of wine. Students will become familiar with the world’s most important wine regions and learn common criteria by which wines from these different regions are evaluated. This course is designed to teach students the applied approach to matching wine and food, using flavors textures and components present in food and wine as complementing strategies. The course emphasizes menu planning, preparation of foods, cooking methods, and tasting wines with food. CU4420 - Facilities Management and Design 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course provides students with information related to hospitality facility design and maintenance. Food service layout and design is related to operating issues, new building construction, and renovations. Planning and design of facilities including equipment, space and functional relationships, cost and operating efficiencies are emphasized. Maintenance programs, safety regulations, building code requirements and energy conservation are also explored. CU4421 - Culinary Senior Practicum 4 credits Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director This course is intended to be a practical capstone for the culinary management curriculum. It will draw on the majority of disciplines presented earlier in the program. In this class students will plan, organize, and execute functions that will be booked and/or sold to the public. Students in effect, will experience the necessary functions of opening their own restaurant. CU4430 - Global Management and Operations in the Hospitality Industry 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course provides students with an introduction to the dimensions and nature of the international hospitality industry. It is designed to review the principles of management and to apply management theory to the global marketplace. Students examine the social, cultural, political, and economic environments within which international hospitality operators compete for survival and growth. Topics emphasizes include cultural dimensions of management, international management strategy, international marketing, and international human resource management. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA CU4492 - Innovation and Entrepreneurship 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course provides an introductory overview to the knowledge and skills needed for entrepreneurship. The course offers a chance to gain new knowledge and skills about how to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities that can be applied to a student’s own interests. Topics include: how entrepreneurs find, screen, and evaluate ideas and new business opportunities. Creativity: Imagination, ingenuity; The ability to create; The act of relating previously unrelated things; The application of a person’s mental ability and curiosity to discover something new. Innovation: The introduction of something new; The development of new processes, methods, devices, products, and services for use by oneself and/or others. Entrepreneurship: The pursuit of opportunity without regard to resources currently controlled; The process of creating value by combining resources in unique ways to exploit opportunity. Involves taking responsibility for implementing innovative concepts. DESIGN MANAGEMENT COURSES DM1420 - Introduction to Design Management 4 credits Prerequisite: none Management: An overview of the field of design management introducing the student to how design is managed within organizations to further business objectives. Covered topics include managing creativity and the value of branding. This course has been developed to introduce you to the business side of design. Outside of the creative realm of conceptualizing and developing creative materials, there is the reality of running a business that has a creative output: whether your business or someone else’s. During this eleven-week course, you will learn the basics of how to position, package, project manage, and make money in a creative business. Practical skills of designing a business plan, composing a creative brief, thinking strategically, setting goals and creating a project timeline, as well as presenting your ideas with confidence and aplomb will be delivered through the mechanism of creating your own design brand and company. DM2400 - Technology and Productivity 4 credits Prerequisite: none Students will learn how businesses use technology to help achieve their objectives. Also, students will become familiar with current business productivity software and its application to design in business today. DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business 4 credits, **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in FRM. Prerequisite: none This course is designed to examine entrepreneurial enterprises as a means of self-employment. The course provides a detailed view of the concepts, practices, strategies, legalities, and decisions involved in successfully establishing and operating one’s own business. The basic structure of this course will guide the student in developing a strong working knowledge of creating business credit and banking relations. DM2430 - Principles of Managerial Accounting 4 credits Prerequisite: GE2412 - College Mathematics This course is an introduction to the basic principles of accounting. Topics include the accounting cycle, general and special journals, subsidiary ledgers, end-of-period operations, worksheets, entries, financial terminology and statements. DM2470 - Principles of Market Research 4 credits Prerequisites: AD2430 - Fundamentals of Marketing and Advertising and GE2412 - College Mathematics Students will expand their understanding of and ability to analyze market research by identifying management challenges and converting them into research objectives, exploring research techniques and methods to collect information, and interpreting research findings in order to make business decisions. DM2480 - Business Statistics for Design 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DM. Prerequisite: none This course is a study of the statistical tools a design manager uses in the world of business. Methods of characterizing data are studied with emphasis given to proper data display. Permutations, combinations and probability are used to analyze normally distributed data. After an introduction to experimental design, methods for testing the significance of differences are examined. Correlation and regression analysis are used to detect linear trends. DM2490 - Project Management 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DM. Prerequisite: none Through this course, students are introduced to the fundamentals of business. The course provides students with a foundation in macroeconomics, labor relations, time management, human resources management, and basic marketing principles. The course combines this business foundation with a focus on the multimedia project management process. Students work as teams to successfully achieve multimedia project goals. The process examines the main elements required in every proposal/plan, time frame, and budget. Key areas of multimedia project teams serve to support the fundamental approach that every project team is tailored to achieve project results efficiently and effectively. DM3400 - Financial Issues in Design 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DM. Prerequisite: DM2430 - Principles of Managerial Accounting This course is a survey of financial issues that a design manager can expect to encounter. Financial media are used to study money, banking and the Federal Reserve; the stock, bond and commodities markets; and derivatives such as futures contracts and options. This course focuses on economics (specifically macroeconomics) and goes hand-inhand with the accounting course, which focuses on the individual business profit and loss sheet. DM3460 - Business Communications 4 credits Prerequisite: GE1410 - English I This course focuses on written and oral communication skills as used in a business setting. Written projects emphasize publicity in newspapers, trade, and consumer publications. Oral skills will be developed through speeches and group projects such as radio commercials. DM3480 - Managing Creativity and Innovation 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DM. Prerequisite: none In this course, students will examine the underlying theoretical foundations of creativity and innovation. New and innovative approaches to business problem solving will help students see ways to improve their skills and the skills of the people and organizations that they will manage. DM4410 - Design Management Seminar 4 credits Prerequisite: none This seminar course prepares students for entering the field of design management by gaining knowledge of current thinking and pratices through the examination of case studies and the development of scenarios. DM4450 - Business Plan 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DM. Prerequisite: DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business In this course students will learn how to develop a comprehensive business plan. The business plan will include items such as the following: the marketing plan, the financial plan, the human resources plan, the store design (if appropriate), and the merchandising plan (if appropriate). DM4480 - Capstone 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DM. Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director In this course, students will demonstrate knowledge across the curriculum by creating sample projects that cover the cumulative coursework completed over all previous quarters. The capstone project simulates the work environment, requiring teamwork as well as individual contributions. DM4486 - Internship 4 credits Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director Through a field internship experience, students will be able to apply acquired subject matter and career/professional skills in a real and practical situation. The main objectives of the internship are to allow students the opportunity to observe and participate in the operation of successful business related to their fields of study. Students will gain the experience they need to enter the field when they graduate. DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO PRODUCTION COURSES DF1400 - Survey of Digital Filmmaking and Video Production 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will present a survey of the digital filmmaking & video production industries. It will focus on entry-level jobs and career paths, as well as the responsibilities and skills necessary for 61 success. Students will also explore media’s impact on society and gain an overview of the program. DF1410 - Principles of Preproduction 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video This course focuses on preproduction techniques of storyboarding, staging and shot organization to design scenes and effectively translate them using appropriate filmmaking techniques. Contents to be covered include purposes and formats of storyboards as well as basic terminology and concepts used in storyboarding, staging and designing coverage for a scene. DF1440 - Lighting 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video In this course, students will be introduced to the basic concepts and principles of lighting for video. Fundamentals of recognizing and controlling both natural and studio lighting with emphasis on the quality, quantity, and direction and its effect on the image. DF2400 - Fundamentals of Cinematography 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DF. Prerequisite: DF1410 - Principles of Preproduction and DF1440 - Lighting This course explores the various camera and lighting techniques used in digital filmmaking and video production. Discussions will cover the general concepts and principles of camera moves and lighting techniques. Focus will be placed on applying lighting techniques to create the desired visual effects. DF2410 - Fundamentals of Producing & Directing 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video It is an art in itself to organize and direct digital filmmaking and video production. This course focuses on the production processes and performances from the perspectives of a producer and director and develops the student’s talent for this unique form of art. DF2420 - Studio Production 4 credits Prerequisite: DF1440 - Lighting and DF2400 - Fundamentals of Cinematography This course focuses on broadcast studio operation, live production, studio management, lighting, crew, and sound. Students will also explore the theoretical basis of the electronics behind the equipment needed for studio production. Students will produce their own studio multi-camera program. DF2430 - Electronic Field Production 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DF. Prerequisite: DF2420 - Studio Production Students are immersed in the process of professional video field production in two styles: ENG (Electronic News Gathering) and EFP (Electronic Field Production). News encompasses on-the-spot coverage and storytelling in a spur-of-the-moment reporting format. The class will also examine EFP, single-camera location shooting as expressed in documentaries, corporate projects, or commercials. DF2440 - History of Motion Media and Mass Communication 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course presents a survey of major events and development in the history of motion media and mass communication. The survey focuses on the relationship between technology and media development and explores the impact motion media and mass communication has on society and economy. DF3400 - Media Theory and Criticism 4 credits Prerequisite: DF2440 - History of Motion Media and Mass Communications In this course, students explore the different theories and approaches to media and their impact on society and culture so as to inform and enrich their own work. DF3410 - Acting and Directing 4 credits Prerequisite: DF2410 - Fundamentals of Producing and Directing This course exposes students to the role and responsibilities of a director in helping actors bring their characters to life. Acting fundamentals will be studied through classroom exercises, assignments, observations and critiques. In addition, this course helps students understand the process of reading a script, conceiving a vision and communicating it to cast members to enhance performance. DF3420 - Sound Design 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course explores the various methods and techniques for digital sound composition and design. Students will focus on using digital sound systems and manipulating sound elements for intended effects in media content. DF3430 - Short Media Production 4 credits Prerequisite: DF3410 - Acting and Directing This course discusses short form as a genre of media production and its features in subject matter and style. Students learn to produce short-form news, information, and dramatic content for multiple delivery platforms. DF3440 - Senior Project Preparation 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DF. Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Production This course initiates a three quarter long comprehensive project which will be integral to students’ final portfolios. Students will employ their cumulative skills to pre-produce a significant, sophisticated, digital film in a chosen genre. Committee and/or faculty will approve the project content and genre of the digital film. Projects will be carried out individually or in groups based on the needs of the class as determined by the instructor. DF3450 - Media Production Workshop 4 credits Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Production Working in production teams, students in this workshop class will deal with real clients, typically representatives of non-profit organizations. Guided by a faculty, students interview the client to determine expectations and work in a team to design and produce the media content for an intended delivery system. DF3460 - Audio Post Production 4 credits Prerequisite: DF3420 - Sound Design This post-production audio class requires students to bring together appropriate sonic elements for a final production. This will include foley, automatic dialogue replacement, editing of music and sound sweetening. Once all the sound is locked, the student will mix down to a final audio format, which can then be incorporated with picture into an industry standard format. DF4400 - Senior Project Production 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DF. Prerequisite: DF3440 - Senior Project Preparation This course continues the three-quarter long comprehensive project begun in Senior Project Preparation. Students will employ cumulative skills to produce a significant, sophisticated, digital film in a chosen genre. Projects will be carried out individually or in groups based on the needs of the class as determined by the instructor. DF4410 - Multi-Camera Production 4 credits Prerequisite: DF3450 - Media Production Workshop Synchronizing multiple cameras and equipment, students work in teams to execute a production, typically of a live performance or function. Emphasis is placed on operating multiple equipment simultaneously and working as a production team. DF4420 - Media Delivery Systems and Distribution 4 credits Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Preproduction This course addresses the end part of digital filmmaking and video productiondelivery and distribution. Students will study a variety of delivery methods and systems and determine the advantages and limitations of each. They will also examine the realtionship between delivery systems and distribution methods and evaluate the relative efficieny, cost, and effectiveness of each. DF4430 - Senior Project Post-Production 4 credits Prerequisite: DF4400 - Senior Project Preproduction This course concludes the three-quarter long comprehensive project begun in Senior Project Preparation and created in Senior Project Production. Students will employ cumulative skills to post-produce a significant, sophisticated digital film in a chosen genre. DF4440 - Senior Portfolio and Defense 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in DF. Prerequisite: DF4430 - Senior Project Post-Production This course allows each student to determine and design the final organization and presentation of the graduation portfolio. Each student is expected to verbally present the portfolio and address audience questions as a format of defense. DF4450 - Internship 4 credits Prerequisite: DF3450 - Media Production Workshop and Approval of Academic Director Through a field internship experience, students THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA will be able to apply their skills in a real and practical situation. The main objectives of the internship are to allow students the opportunity to observe and participate in the operation of successful businesses related to their fields of study. Students will gain the experience they need to enter the field upon graduation. FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT COURSES FRM1400 - Fashion History I 4 credits Prerequisite: none Students study the development of clothing from the earliest time to the Renaissance and the silhouette reflected through the eyes of the designer. FRM1401 - Fashion History II 4 credits Prerequisite: FRM1400 - Fashion History I An in-depth continuation of Fashion History I, from the Renaissance to Modern. FRM1410 - Fundamentals of Management Technology 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course teaches technology skills in the context of common professional applications. Students will study current trends in digital media and develop essential management productivity software skills including web-based media. FRM1433 - Textiles and Fabrics 4 credits Prerequisite: none Fabrics are studied from the raw state through processing, spinning, and weaving to finish. The course investigates textile sources and the appropriate selection of fabrics. FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in FRM. Prerequisite: none Students will be introduced to all major retailing topics involving both large and small retailers, brick and mortar retailers and their combinations, and direct marketers. Includes discussion of consumer behavior, information systems, store locations, operations, human resource management, customer communications, computerization and integrating and controlling the retail strategy in the twenty-first century. Careers in retailing will also be discussed. FRM2400 - Consumer Behavior 4 credits Prerequisites: FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing This course examines the cultural, social, and individual variables involved in consumer behavior. It also reviews how they are incorporated into buyer decision processes and marketing practices. FRM2415 - Apparel Evaluation and Construction 4 credits Prerequisites: FRM1433 - Textiles and Fabrics This course is designed for fashion management students to evaluate the equation between quality and cost in garments. Students will be able to identify and analyze quality of trims, fabrics and construction in relationship to price point. Included will be women’s sportswear, children’s wear and men’s wear in a range of price points from high end to discounted. FRM2475 - Retail Mathematics 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in FRM. Prerequisite: FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing and GE2412 - College Mathematics This course provides an understanding of the various financial tools used by retailers to evaluate performance. Students calculate, analyze, and interpret financial concepts associated with accounting from a merchandising perspective. FRM2490 - Visual Merchandising 4 credits Prerequisites: AD2430 - Fundamentals of Marketing and Advertising and FRM2415 Apparel Evaluation and Construction Students learn the importance of eye appeal and consumer buying habits. Students create their own displays using the latest principles and techniques in the visual organization of merchandise. FRM3425 - Introduction to Manufacturing 4 credits Prerequisites: FRM2415 - Apparel Evaluation and Construction This course is an overview of the fashion industries including the terminology of fashion and an explanation of the three levels of the industry: design, production and sales. Careers and the organization, structure, and problems of the garment industry are studied. FRM3455 - Merchandise Management 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in FRM. Prerequisite: DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business Students study the categorizations of stores, organizational components, and the characteristics of various wholesale and retail markets. They will explore the Private Label and Brand Name businesses, develop customer profiles and look at franchising as a means of entering the retail world. Students will become familiar with merchandise accounting as it relates to the various retail formats. FRM4410 - Web Marketing for Fashion & Retail Management 4 credits Prerequisites: AD2460 - Branding, DM2470 - Principles of Market Research, and FRM3455 - Merchandise Management This course focuses primarily on marketing on the Web, addressing the elements and requirements of information distribution, advertising, or sales in this new medium. The content of the course includes an overview of major online services, portals, and developing content aggregators. Students learn how to modify traditional marketing theories and strategies as well as the demands and opportunities unique to the Web. One of these opportunities receives special attention: using server push or other push technologies to develop “shows” or “magazines” online. FRM4420 - Retail Operations and Technology 4 credits Prerequisite: FRM3455 - Merchandise Management operational objectives in a retail structure. An emphasis will be placed on planning, control, profitability, and staffing in a retail environment. The use of technology in the industry and the responsibilities of retail executives will be examined as well. Also career opportunities and ethical behavior of those individuals who choose to enter the retail arena will be discussed. Articles pertaining to current issues, (found in trade publications and newspapers) will be reviewed and discussed, in order to understand methods that have been created to expedite and increase profitability for the retailer. FRM4425 - Trends and Concepts in Apparel 4 credits Prerequisites: FRM2415 - Apparel Evaluation A comprehensive study of cultural and social issues that affect fashion and the emergence of trends. Students will analyze the meanings and importance of clothing and apply these concepts for contemporary society. FRM4461 - Product Development 4 credits Prerequisites: FRM3455 - Merchandise Management In this course students will review design concepts and technology and the development of merchandising in the modern market, analyze target markets and source, cost and develop a product for that market in presentation form including a prototype. FRM4495 - Special Topics in Fashion & Retail Management 4 credits Prerequisites: FRM4425 - Trends and Concepts in Apparel and FRM4461 - Product Development This course allows the student to select a special topic in Fashion & Retail Management under the guidance of an instructor and the Academic Program Director. This course also allows for any deficiencies noted in the students’ development as outlined through evaluation of student work, and informal, formal interviews with the Professional Advisory Committee. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES GE1406 - Nutrition 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course centers on an explanation of the basic principles of nutrition and their relationship to health. The structure, functions, and sources of nutrients, including carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins, minerals, and water are discussed. Current issues in nutrition are reviewed, including dietary guidelines, energy balance, vitamin supplements, and food facts. GE1410 - English I 4 credits Prerequisite: C or higher in TS094 - Transitional English OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher This course is the first of two courses in the composition sequence. Students are introduced to college-level writing as a process of developing and supporting a thesis in an organized essay. The use of appropriate diction and language is emphasized along with reading and responding to the writing of others. Students will adhere to the standard conventions of written English. Develops the student’s understanding of 63 GE1413 - Psychology 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will provide the students with an introduction to the field of psychology as a science in the study of human and animal behavior. The course will survey the development of theoretical perspectives and practices from the onset of psychology at the beginning of the 20th century to today. Students will examine human development, theories of personality, cognitive process, learning, intelligence, motivation and emotion, sensation and perception as well as psychological and physiological basis of behavior. In doing so, students will gain a better understanding of an individuals’ interactions with the world around them. GE1424 - Public Speaking 4 credits Prerequisite: none In this course, students will develop and refine oral presentation skills necessary for personal and professional life. Students will be introduced to various aspects of the communication process including establishing credibility, identifying and applying research materials, using appropriate audio and/or visual aides. Additionally, they will gain knowledge of audience analysis and critical listening skills. GE1433 - Art History 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course combines a visual overview of art and architecture from western civilization, with interpretive projects and writing assignments. Students will learn to differentiate between artistic styles and movements. They will create relevant research projects that illustrate and combine visual aspects of artistic styles and periods. GE1456 - Music Appreciation 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will introduce the student to the historical development of music and the composers of different eras. Students will focus on the role that music plays in our lives today as well as examining the cultural influences that have determined the varied musical languages throughout the world. GE1466 - Principles of Economics 4 credits Prerequisite: none As an introduction to the fundamental nature of micro-and macroeconomics theory, students acquire a basic understanding of how economic systems and principles work and the way they influence daily life. The course will present the role of markets, the forces of supply and demand, the importance of producer/consumer relationships, distinctions between fiscal and monetary policy, and the natures of international trade. GE2411 - English ll 4 credits Prerequisite: GE1410 - English I This course is the second of two in the composition sequence. Students expand their experiences reading, writing, and researching. Students write essays demonstrating their ability to analyze and evaluate the ideas of others and integrate those ideas into their own writing. The course includes in-depth examination of research methods, conventions of documentation, and MLA and APA styles. Students select, evaluate, and integrate a variety of sources to support a thesis in a research paper. GE2412 - College Mathematics 4 credits Prerequisite: C or higher in TS095 - Transitional Mathematics OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher This course covers algebra and trigonometric problem solving. Topics covered include operations with real numbers, linear and polynomial functions, radicals and radical expressions, factoring polynomials, conic sections, natural logs and exponents, trigonometric definitions and identities. GE2423 - Environmental Science 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course explores environmental science as an interdisciplinary study from the natural sciences (biology, chemistry, and geology) and the social sciences (ecology, politics, ethics) to gain an understanding of how nature works and how interconnections occur. The use and abuse of the environment is also examined. Students will also explore the future of the environment and what effect they can have on it. GE2442 - Critical Thinking 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course assists students in becoming more effective learners through the identification and development of skills, process and techniques for improving comprehension. This course also teaches students to apply reasoning principles for critical analysis and evaluation of thought and discourse and to use creative and critical techniques in problem-solving and decision making. GE2477 - Spanish I 4 credits Prerequisite: none This is the first of two courses that introduce the student to Spanish language. It will be taught as an interactive class, with the students participating in written and oral assignments. Along with learning conversational phrases and key words, the student will understand the differences between singular and plural, masculine and feminine words, regular and irregular verbs and how to conjugate verbs. In order to develop functional proficiency, the students will be provided opportunities for immediate usage of vocabulary and grammatical structures in culturally authentic communicative situations on a daily basis. GE2478 - Spanish II 4 credits Prerequisite: GE2477 - Spanish I This is the second class in Spanish and will build on the knowledge gained from Spanish I. There will be increased challenges to the student to use Spanish spontaneously and accurately. There will be additional activities, such as realistic day-today situations, group work to bring Spanish into daily use in the business sector and in the home. GE3424 - Interpersonal Communications 4 credits Prerequisite: GE1424 - Public Speaking This course examines the art of social interactions in human relationships focusing on the application of theory and research. Students will explore and analyze the social relationships that link humans, in a variety of contexts, such as culture, gender, religion, etc. in order to practice the process of interactions within their own relationships. GE3432 - History and Culture of Cuisine 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course provides an examination of the major historical and geographical developments that have affected the creation of various cultural patterns including, but not limited to, gastronomic choices, cooking habits, folkways, and the use of local ingredients to meet nutritional and cultural considerations. Topics will include the power and impact of cultural symbols and the ways in which generations teach their young to honor a cultural heritage. Students will complete a term paper on a topic of their choice related to the content of this course. GE3433 - Contemporary Art 4 credits Prerequisite: GE1433 - Art History This course provides a visual examination of recent western art. Students will demonstrate knowledge of the various movements in contemporary art by creating interpretive projects and writing assignments. Class participation is emphasized with group discussion and critiques. GE3466 - World Music Influences 4 credits Prerequisite: GE1456 - Music Appreciation Students are introduced to themes and issues relating to music and cultures and the relationship between them around the world. They explore music theory, harmony, melodies, and scales from a diverse range of cultures, as well as the integration of Western musical traditions and African musical forms and rhythms as they relate to American idioms such as jazz, blues, and popular music. GE3490 - Cultural Anthropology 4 credits Prerequisite: GE1413 - Psychology or GE1466 - Principles of Economics This course is designed to introduce the principles and findings of contemporary cultural anthropology, including the systems of social structure, economic structures, family, crime, technology, multiculturalism, and the relationships of these systems to our lives. Specifically, we will look at these issues as they relate to designated roles across cultures. GE4442 - Ethics 4 credits Prerequisite: GE2442 - Critical Thinking This course examines human life, experience and thought in order to discover and develop the principles and values for pursuing a more fulfilled existence. This course helps students to apply theories designed to justify ethical judgments in a selection of contemporary personal and social issues. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA GE4455 - Literature 4 credits Prerequisite: GE2411 - English II This course focuses on literary selections. Topics include the critical evaluation of the literary genres: story, poetry and drama. GE4461 - Physics 4 credits Prerequisite: GE 2412 - College Mathematics This is a course that introduces the concepts and methods of physics, including mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, and modern physics. An interdisciplinary approach will be stressed to integrate physics topics into students’ area of study to help facilitate creative work. GRAPHIC DESIGN COURSES GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will introduce the basic principles of design. Using a variety of materials and techniques, the creative process will be introduced and developed. An exploration of design elements and relationships will establish a basic aesthetic sensitivity. GD1402 - Drawing and Perspective 4 credits Prerequisite: none Visual awareness is expanded through the observation and translation of three-dimensional form into two-dimensional drawings. Starting with simple forms and progressing to more complex organic forms, students will increase their skill levels in construction techniques, composition, line quality, and human anatomy. GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AD and GD. Prerequisite: none Students will investigate the relationship among letters, space, fonts, and type systems. Students’ activities include copying, fitting, and styling text type; spacing and rendering display arrangements; and marking up and specifying both text and display type. Typographic attributes will be applied to enhance readability; logos will be designed and titles for computer-animated and broadcast graphics will be story boarded. Students will develop the ability to work within traditional and contemporary design context. GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective Continuing to develop the various drawing skills from the first and second drawing courses, students will focus on depicting gesture and motion, capturing essence of movement and form in space, and creating compositions based on the four basic lighting situations. GD1420 - Image Manipulation 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course is designed to examine photo retouching and image manipulation using computers. Students will use software to manipulate photographic images to the point where they no longer resemble the original artwork. GD1430 - Illustration 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1401- Fundamentals of Design and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective This course will introduce students to basic skills and principles of illustration. Various methods and functions of illustration will be explored. Students will learn the role of illustration in the design process and apply that knowledge to the projects. GD1431 - Design Layout 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective and GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media This class will enable the student to design with type and visuals and to utilize technology in problem solving. Emphasis will be on the process of design development from roughs to comprehensives, layout and marker techniques, and the use of a grid system for multi-component layouts. GD1473 - Color and Design 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1401- Fundamentals of Design In this course, basic color principles including line, hue, value, and intensity are studied. Students investigate color and its relationship to composition through harmony and contrast in a variety of formats and media. GD2421 - Art and Design Concepts 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media This course is an exploration of printed communication and the use of typography as an exclusive element of design. The course will focus on the development of marketable, original, and creative problem-solving solutions with an emphasis on profressional presentaion techniques. GD2425 - Advanced Typography 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media This course is an exploration of printed communication and the use of typogrphy as an exclusive element of design. The copusrse will focus on the development of makketable, original, and creative problem solvong solutuions with an emphasis on professional presentaion techniques. GD2432 - Digital Illustration 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1420 - Image Manipulation This course will help students communicate and design with the computer as a professional tool. Using different software applications, the student will demonstrate an understanding of electronic illustration. The course will explore vector-based graphic applications that are used in the industry. GD2433 - Electronic Design 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1431 - Design Layout This course will explore various means of indicating, placing and manipulating visual elements in page design, systematically developing strong and creative layout solutions by means of a cumulative, conceptual design process. The ability to integrate photographs, illustrations, and display and text type effectively will be developed using page composition software. GD2437 - Design History 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will examine the influences of societal trends, historical events, technological developments, and the fine arts on contemporary graphic design, illustration, typographical design, photography, and fashionable design trends in general. Through lectures, supplied visual examples, independent research, and design assignments, the student will gain insight into a variety of major design influences. The student will learn how to research and utilize a wide variety of design styles. GD2440 - Print Production 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in GD. Prerequisite: GD1420 – Image Manipulation or PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production and GD1431 - Design Layout In this course, traditional print production techniques are employed in the preparation of camera-ready art. Production of single- and multi-color mechanical processes and discussion of various printing processes are covered. GD2480 - Designing for the Web 4 credits Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals of Interactive Design Students Integrate design skills with the basic computer language skills (HTML) required in order to create web pages. Emphasis is balanced between the design and technical elements of Web Page design and production GD3411 - Corporate Identity and Communications 4 credits Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director This course is in-depth study of the history, psychology, and function of corporate identification. Students will produce a multifaceted design presentation acceptable for a contemporary corporation. GD3431 - Advanced Design 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in GD. Prerequisite: GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective and GD2440 - Print Production This advanced course enhances and builds on skills developed in fundamental design courses. Refining typographic skills and furthering design sensitivities will be emphasized. Critical analysis and evaluation will be explored in the context of goal-focused design objectives. Portfolio-quality projects will be developed. GD3435 - Media Design 4 credits Prerequisite: none The course examines the structures and communication skills used by various members of a creative team. The processes of concept development, media application and design creation are emphasized. In addition, the variety of media used by graphic designers and their suppliers will be examined. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits GD3445 - Marketing Design 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course is a review of popular culture as it relates to social, informational, economic, political and educational current events. A special emphasis is placed on the relationship of trends and pop topics to advertising. Current 65 media, including books, television, movies, telecommunications media, on-line communications, and marketing trends and strategies are reviewed. GD3455 - Package Design 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will define the role of packaging in product identification, presentation, and production. The unique challenges of adapting typography, illustration, design and materials to 3D form will be explored. Research will include marketing objective, structural integrity and display aesthetics. GD3465 - Publication Design 4 credits Prerequisite: none In this course, students will prepare scanned and object-oriented graphic files and integrate them with text in a multiple-page composition file. File transfer and document printing is covered. The process of page imposition for printing and other technical procedures specific to publishing will be introduced, and the place of the electronic page make-up in modern print production will be studied. GD3470 - Law & the Commercial Arts 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course includes the study of basic legal principles related to the conduct of business. Specifically, this course includes an overview of the legal system, contracts, personal property, intellectual property, real property, law of sales, agency and employment law, business organizations, insurance, security devices, bankruptcy, and alternative dispute resolution. GD4435 - Advanced Illustration 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1430 - Illustration This course will emphasize the importance of concept and originality of ideas in contemporary illustration. GD4480 - Design Production Team 4 credits Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director This is a special project course in which students utilize their knowledge of design, typography, production techniques, video, and audio to execute a team project. Students also apply communications, teamwork, and organizational skills. Students work cooperatively to achieve a common goal, similar to industry experience. HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT COURSES HM1430 - Sales and Public Relations 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will focus on the sales function in varied hospitality settings. The relationship of sales to marketing will be explored, and the process of the actual personal sales call will be emphasized. The role of a successful public relations plan will also be examined, as well as the benefits of favorable public impression on a hospitality operation. HM1440 - Lodging Operations 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in HM. Prerequisite: none This course will represent an overview of the various types of lodging operations in the industry. The guest cycle will be examined, as well as the role of front office operations. The housekeeping and building maintenance functions will be discussed in detail, and students will be expected to produce a management flowchart and detail the inter-relationship of the various departments in a lodging operation. HM2450 - Front Office Management 4 credits Prerequisite: HM1440 - Lodging Operations This course will present the overall front office/ front desk work environment and train students how to enter the front desk in a supervisor role. Emphasis will be given to the hospitality target markets, reservations, guest accounting, back office interfaces, communications, guest services and guest relations. The night audit function and revenue management techniques will be explored, as well as staff motivation and training. HM2451 - Purchasing/Contract Service 4 credits Prerequisite: none In this course, students will learn the importance of the purchasing function in various hospitality settings. Particular emphasis will be placed on food and beverage purchasing, linen, chemical and general supply buying. In addition, the role of contract services in support of a hospitality operation will be explored, including contract negotiation and cost/benefit analysis. The relationship of the purchasing function to the inventory process and the profit and loss statement will also be reviewed. HM2480 - Hospitality Law 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course covers legislation and statutes governing hospitality law. Legal issues such as innkeepers liability, Dram Shop liability, ADA compliance, and OSHA regulations are combined with a historical perspective and present day application. The class will also address pertinent key industry issues with a critical eye towards those laws that may hinder the industry’s growth, as well as those laws that strengthen our rights as hospitality professional. HM2481 - Institutional Operations 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will discuss the varied options for employment in the institutional operation. Healthcare, senior care, cruise line, casino, education, corrections, airline and contract service companies will be detailed. Special attention will be given to the unique opportunities and challenges this segment of the industry presents to supervisory staff and management. HM3412 - Travel and Tourism 4 credits Prerequisite: none This class will provide an overview of the national and international travel market. The evolving role of travel agents will be discussed, as well as the emergence of the internet as a planning tool. The importance of tourism to the world economy will be discussed, with a consideration of the effect of terrorism on world markets. The airline, cruise, rail and automobile industries will be examined, correlating their influence on the hospitality industry. HM3490 - Risk Management 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course explores risk management issues in the business property and liability area. It includes the operation of insurance companies, as well as the duties and functions of the hospitality manager and risk manager at the property level. An analysis of commercial property, business interruption, owners, surety, general liability, workers compensation, health, life and professional insurance needs and coverage will be examined in the context of the hospitality operation. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits HM3491 - Multi-Unit/Chain/ Franchise Operations 4 credits Prerequisite: none This class will discuss the relationship of the individual property to the parent organization. A discussion of small chain vs. large chain, local, regional, national and international organizations will provide the student with a globe perspective on corporate hospitality operations. The role of the franchise organization will be explored, as well as the place of the property manager as owner’s representative in a franchise location. Several different franchise models will be presented, as well as a discussion of the cost/benefit relationship of a franchise vs. independent property. HM4401 - Hospitality Accounting 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in HM. Prerequisite: DM2430 - Principles of Managerial Accounting This class will build on the knowledge gained in the accounting principles class, with a focus on the unique requirements of the hospitality operation. Forecasting, budgeting and adherence modules will be included, as well as an in-depth examination of the profit and loss statement as a management tool. The POS and property management software interface will be included, with discussions on the cost of inventory, inventory procedures and proper food and variable costing practices. A section on hospitality finance will explore the purchase, sale and capitalization requirements of sample properties in the industry. HM4430 - Hospitality Capstone 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in HM. Prerequisite: none Through competencies developed with previous related studies course work, students will develop a complete business plan for a hospitality operational unit. The project will include Market Analysis and Marketing Strategy, Operating Budget, Sales Projections, Opening Inventories, Capital Equipment, Demographics, Labor Schedule, and Facilities Design as appropriate to the project. The student will have the assistance of an Instructor to facilitate the completion of the project. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA INTERIOR DESIGN COURSES their ideas through conceptual drawings and other supporting graphic material. ID1420 - Architectural Drafting 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in ID. Prerequisite: none This course is an introduction to basic drafting equipment, techniques, terminology, and symbols used in design. Drafting requirements include lettering, plan views, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and paraline drawings. ID1421 - Perspectives 4 credits Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Drafting This course is an introduction to the principles of one-and-two point perspective and the techniques to represent shade and shadow. ID1426 - Mixed Media 4 credits Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Drafting Sketching and the rendering of elevations, plan, and interior perspectives using a variety of media and surfaces is the main focus. The course will introduce students to the world of computers through lecture and laboratory sessions. The laboratory sessions will provide hands-on skills on a specific computer system and will teach functions within a computer environment to complete projects. ID2424 - Elements of Interior Design 4 credits Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Drafting and ID1421 - Perspectives Characteristics and selection criteria for the identification and evaluation of interior materials, finishes, and treatments is the focus of the course. ID2425 - Building Materials and Mechanical Systems 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting This is a survey of the principles of interior construction and the inter-relationship between materials and structure. The course includes discussion of wall, floor, ceiling, mechanical, and electrical systems. This course is an introduction to the process of producing and using a set of contract documents for interior spaces. Content includes formatting, cross-referencing drawings, and how to represent details, section and legends. Content also includes a study of the codes and regulations covering public health and welfare. ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass on ID. Prerequisite: ID1426 - Mixed Media Course explores the properties of man-made and natural fibers and their production, uses, and characteristics. Content includes discussion of fibers, yarns, fabrics, finishes, design methods, aesthetic applications, and ordering specifications. This course examines the hardware that constitutes a CAD work station and the operating system (MS-DOS/Windows) that enables the equipment to function as a unit. It also shows how to use AutoCAD to set up drawings and add lines, circles, arcs, and other shapes, geometric constructions, and text. Students use display and editing techniques to seek information about their drawings and work with drawing files. ID1440 - 3D Design ID2431 - Revit ID1433 - Textiles and Fabrics 4 credits Prerequisite: none 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course is an introduction to the basic elements and principles of 3D design and exploration of the visual and structural qualities of objects. Students solve problems by organizing and constructing 3D forms within spatial environments. ID2420 - History of Design to 1830 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course explores the evolution of furniture interiors and design from the ancient world to 1830 and discusses the major cultural, political, social and economic factors that affects the design of material culture and the relationship of furniture and interiors to significant movements in art and architecture. It includes the history of the profession of interior design and contributions of interior designers to the development of the profession. The course also introduces students to major architectural developments, including various architectural movements. ID2422 - Introduction to Space Planning 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting This course explores the issues related to preliminary space planning, and spatial volume with special emphasis placed on human factors. Students will develop skill and judgment in ordering and defining space and represent 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting The major focus of this course is the use of Revit to render 3D images. ID2440 - Design Process 4 credits Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Drafting Students will be introduced to the basic elements and principles of Interior Design. Exploration of the process and methodology used in the development of Interior Design solutions. Content includes anthropomorphic and ergonomic data and its relationship to interior space. Development of alternative design solutions, and the visual and verbal vocabulary necessary to communicate design ideas at the schematic level. ID2441 - Design Development: Residential 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting This course explores the design development phase of the design process. Students transition from thinking conceptually to fully developing a residential interior space. Course content centers on the inter-relationships of the elements of 3-D space, such as proportion and volume, planning, materials, detailing, and finishing. Discussions also include physical and psychological needs unique to the home. ID2442 - Design Development: Commercial 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting This course is a study of the 3D aspects of interior space and the understanding of interior spaces as volume. Students work through the process of designing a corporate space in complete detail from conceptualization to presentation drawings. Research centers on the technical elements involved in commercial spaces, corporate furnishing, materials, finish. Applications are produced using CAD. ID2443 - Problems in Residential Design 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course examines issues relevant to residential needs of people from various age groups, economic levels, and/or physical and emotional conditions. ID3419 - Civilization and the Arts 4 credits Prerequisite: none In this course, students explore the cultural, intellectual, and political trends that have shaped the historical development of the world from the Renaissance into the 21st century. ID3420 - History of Design from 1830 to Present 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2420 - History of Design to 1830 This course examines the development of furniture, interiors, architecture, and decorating arts from 1830 to the present. Projects emphasize English, American, and international styles in a contemporary idiom. ID3421 - History of 19th and 20th Century Architecture 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course examines the evolution of modern architecture in the 19th and 20th centuries. Content includes discussion of the theoretical basis of significant architectural styles and places architectural developments within their cultural, historical, and social framework. ID3425 - Lighting 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting This course involves the study of lighting under a variety of studio location situations. The student acquires a working knowledge of natural and artificial lighting. Students apply problem-solving techniques to different lighting conditions. ID3427 - Interior Tectonics & Codes 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in ID. Co-rerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting This course surveys the principles of interior construction and the inter-relationship between materials and structure. Course includes discussion of wall, floor and ceiling systems, mechanical and electrical systems and their relationship to interior design. Content also includes a study of the codes and regulations covering the health and welfare of the public. ID3429 - Interior Detailing 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting This course examines the study of materials and 67 fabrication techniques involved in the design and construction of basic interior details and how these details are communicated in the documents package. Content includes detailing of cabinetry, ceiling, walls, floors and millwork. ID3440 - Specialty Design 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2430 –Computer Aided Drafting This course focuses on advanced space planning that emphasizes the development of sculptural space and the concept of plan as art. The course emphasizes precedent and contextual thinking in the development of a creative design for a variety of interior applications. showcasing work that reflects a unique style. Particular emphasis is placed on identifying short and long term professional employment goals, as well as related strategies and resources. skills in a raster-based computer environment. Emphasis is on mastering the fundamentals of scanning, color management, photo retouching, imaging, special effects, and filters and masks. MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION COURSES CA2413 - Acting for Animators CA1400 – Production Fundamentals In this course, students will explore the techniques involved in putting together expressions and movements that convey emotions, impart meaning and tell a story. Students will see how to tell a story with motion and embellish it with expressions. Students will study silent films, physicality and versatility, and alternate ways to tell a story and convey a message. 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in MAA. Prerequisite: none This course focuses on programming and development of a high-end residential space with emphasis on interior details. This course is designed to introduce students to the world of computers through lecture and laboratory sessions. Lectures will introduce the conceptual framework of computer systems and how they work, as well as the implications of computer technology in our contemporary environment. The laboratory sessions will provide hands-on training on a specific computer system and will teach functions within a computer environment to complete projects. ID3442 - Advanced Corporate Design CA1405 - Advanced Drawing for Animation ID3441 - Advanced Residential Design 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2443 – Problems in Residential Design 4 credits Prerequisite: ID2442 - Design Development: Commercial This course focuses on the complete analysis of a corporate interior design project by developing in-depth programming, schematics, design development, modeling, construction documents, and specifications. This group project also helps further develop time management, organization, and group communication skills. ID4425 - Advanced Detailing 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in ID. Prerequisite: ID3429 - Interior Detailing This course is designed to involve the student in the research and design of complex casework pieces, millwork, interior construction details, and custom furniture. ID4440 - Advanced Specialty Design 4 credits Prerequisite: ID3440 - Specialty Design This course focuses on the research and design of a hospitality space. Pre-design research focuses on industry standards, design issues, codes and products relevant to the development of hospitality space. ID4479 - Professional Practice 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course focuses on principles governing the business, legal, and contractual aspects of the interior design profession for both commercial and residential applications. This includes in-depth discussion of the legal, contractual and ethical elements required to run a 21st century business. Further discussion addresses client relationships, developing marketing services, business plans, and a comprehensive resume and cover letter. ID4480 - Senior Design Project 4 credits Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director This course will prepare students for job interviews by helping them compile a portfolio. Students will demonstrate their conceptual design, craftsmanship, and other skills as they assemble and refine their portfolio pieces. Each student will select representative pieces, 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing Students will develop their drawing skills and study space, movement, texture and composition. Students will demonstrate creative ideas and advanced skills required to produce their animation projects. CA1409 - History and Trends of Animation 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course surveys the history of animation with emphasis on the various animation processes in their historical contexts. This survey course also involves discussions of new developments and future trends in the animation industry and analysis of major sectors of the animation industry and career opportunities within them. CA1410 - Storyboarding and Animatics 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1402 - Drawing and Perspective This course focuses on the animation preproduction techniques of storyboarding, storytelling, and animatics. The course will cover the purpose, formats, basic terminology, and concepts used in storyboarding and animatics and the application thereof. Use of capture devices, storytelling, composition, and design will be applied. CA1415 - Writing for Animation 4 credits Prerequisite: none Writing for Animation will explore the various processes used to create treatments, stories, and scripts. Students will see what a treatment is and how it is used. They will explore how an idea is developed into a story and then into a script. Students will see how a story is structured; they will explore how to read a script and how to develop their own scripts. Students will have a chance to see how important content is to the development of a finished product. CA1420 - Digital Imaging 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in MAA. Prerequisite: CA1400 - Production Fundamentals Students develop basic image manipulation 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation CA2425 - Introduction to 2D Animation 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in MAA. Prerequisite: none This course introduced the principles and fundamentals of animation. Students will study the 12 principles of animation and apply through a variety of fundamental exercises. Use of capture devices, pencil tests and other animation techniques will be explored. CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in MAA. Prerequisite: none This is an introductory course in geometric construction. Through critical analysis, students conceptualize 3D coordinate systems and construct 3D models in a computer environment. Students also identify the differences and similarities of 3D modeling with sculpting, 3D design and character design techniques. CA2430 - Introduction to Video 4 credits, **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass for VE and DF. Prerequisite: none This course will provide an overview of the video industry and establish a foundation in broadcast technology. Basic video equipment and studio operation will be introduced, along with terminology and its application. CA2431 - Audio Production 4 credits, **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass for WDIM. Prerequisite: none This course is a conceptual introduction to audio production techniques. Students will be able to digitize sound and apply it to their work. Students will also learn how to produce appropriate audio effects and transitions. CA2432 - Character/Object Design 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in MAA. Prerequisite: GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing In this course, students will design characters and related objects for animation. Students will learn the process of character development as well as enhanced life drawing skills. Course assignments include gesture drawing, action poses, turnarounds, and creation of sculpted objects. CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in MAA. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA Prerequisite: CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling Building on the skills acquired in 3D Modeling, students learn to animate and apply the principles of animation in a computer environment. Students are also introduced to concept of rigging and setting up their model for animation. CA2440 - Digital Video Editing 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video In this course students explore the features and functions of video editing systems and learn to edit video using linear and nonlinear video editing systems. Students will also explore various media available for output of animation and use appropriate equipment to output animation to tape. CA3425 - Materials and Lighting 4 credits Prerequisite: CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling In this course, students will address lighting 3D objects, lighting movement, and establishing congruence between background, object, reflectivity, and illusion of depth. The course will focus on the correlation between reality and computer rendition, stressing the disparity between real light and the technical facsimile of artificial lighting. The analysis, creation, and application of custom materials and texture maps will also be explored. CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in MAA. Prerequisite: CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling CA3470 - Special Topics for Computer Animation 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation This course allows the student to select special topics in animation and produce such animations under the guidance of an instructor. The student will be exposed to the various applications of animation and apply animation skills to chosen topics. CA3479 - Advanced 3D Animation 4 credits Prerequisite: CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation Using a 3D environment, advanced animation techniques, rigging and setup techniques are applied. Students also apply the principles of acting, appropriate mathematical concepts and techniques to scripting activities and analyze real world observations and their application to animation. CA4461 - Traditional Animation Studio 4 credits Prerequisite: none Students work with team members to create a full-length traditional 2D, or experimental animation. In this advanced course, all nuances of project creation, production, and post production are taught. CA4480 - Team Animation 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation Using a 3D environment, intermediate modeling techniques and concepts are elaborated. Modeling as character design and development is emphasized while refining techniques in lighting, camera, and textures. Students will utilize their knowledge of storytelling, animation, modeling, processing, and compositing software to create a team project. Students will strengthen their interpersonal and communication skills by working toward a common goal in an environment that is similar to the animation industry. CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation PHOTOGRAPHY COURSES 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass MAA. Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation and CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling Using a 3D environment, intermediate animation techniques, rigging and setup techniques are elaborated. Animation storyboard and storytelling concepts are explored while refining techniques in lighting, camera, and timing. Students are also introduced to basic principal of scripting and expressions. PH1401 - Principles of Photography 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in PH. Prerequisite: none CA3460 - Computer Animation Studio In this foundation course, students examine the essential tools, materials, and techniques of photography. The student will learn to use the camera, film processing, composition, print finishing, and basic darkroom printing. The student will be challenged to investigate the photographic medium and consider its role in image making. 4 credits Prerequisite: CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation PH1402 - Principles of Digital Photography Utilizing advanced computer programs, students will be able to design, produce and edit imaginative animation sequences. Special topics in modeling and animation will be covered such as advanced concepts, lighting, compositing, special effects, camera moves, audio and inverse kinematics. CA3469 - Advanced 3D Modeling 4 credits Prerequisite: CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling Using a 3D environment advanced modeling techniques and concepts are applied. Modeling as character design and development is emphasized while students analyze real world observations and their application to modeling. 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course introduces students to the fundamental terminology, concepts, and techniques of digital image acquisition, image archiving, manipulation, and output. This course focuses on the principles of using color, composition, lighting and other techniques for overall thematic and visual effects of photographic images. PH1410 - History and Survey of Photography 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course will provide a framework for critically considering significant photographers and their work. Students will be expected to describe, interpret, and evaluate the origins, stylistic changes, and artistic innovations in the history of photography from the 19th Century through contemporary times. PH1413 - Fundamentals of Lighting 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in PH/DIM. Prerequisite: PH1401 - Principles of Photography (PH1402 - Principles of Digital Photography for Digital Image Management students) In this introduction to the essential concepts of lighting for photography, students explore the manipulation of quantity, quality, direction, contrast, and color of both natural and artificial lighting. The course covers equipment and processes required to produce professional image quality in the studio and on location. PH1450 - Photographic Design 4 credits Prerequisite: PH1401 - Principles of Photography (PH1402 - Principles of Digital Photography for Digital Image Management students) In this course, students experience primary design elements of visual communication as they apply to the photograph. Topics include image composition, color theory, lighting theory and the art of the critique. PH1470 - Large Format Photography 4 credits Prerequisite: PH1413 – Fundamentals of Lighting Working individually and in teams, students will utilize large format cameras both in the studio and on location, working with various light sources. This course offers essential experience with the large format or view camera. Topics include sheet film, film holders, exposure and process control, and the management of perspective and focus with the movements that are unique to the view camera. PH2413 - Advanced Lighting 4 credits Prerequisite: PH1413 – Fundamentals of Lighting This course expands on the PH1413 Fundamentals of Lighting, with an emphasis on lighting for products and people in both the studio and on location. The necessary and correct utilization of electronic flash and lighting tools in the studio and on location is covered. Emphasis is placed on the imaginative application of lighting technique and style. PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in PH/DIM. Prerequisite: PH1413 – Fundamentals of Lighting In this introduction to digital photo production, students become acquainted with the concepts, hardware, and software related to digital image acquisition, manipulation, and output, including scanning, masking, layering, retouching, and printing. PH2454 - Photographic Language and Culture 4 credits Prerequisite: PH1410 - History and Survey of Photography and PH1450 - Photographic Design This course will address issues in aesthetics related to art, photography, cinema and writing within the context of contemporary society and culture. Emphasis will be placed on the surveying and contextualization of 69 contemporary photographic practices and examples using current research technology. PH2460 - Digital Darkroom 4 credits Prerequisite: PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production Emphasis will be placed on those digital techniques that correspond to traditional darkroom processes. The course will address issues related to color theory, resolution, contrast and density controls and the production of photo quality digital prints from scanned film and direct digital captures. PH2470 - Editorial Photography 4 credits Prerequisite: PH2413 – Advanced Lighting Students will produce assignments related to photojournalism, location, and editorial photography. Emphasis is placed on digital technologies and formal assignment presentation. The class is devoted to subject research and creative photography in both fine art and commercial applications. PH2476 - Multimedia for Photographers 4 credits Prerequisite: PH2470 - Editorial Photography and CA2430 - Introduction to Video This course will introduce students to the technical components integral to multimedia design and its relationship to photography. Students will expand their knowledge of capturing, downloading, editing, and outputting digital audio and image files using multimedia software to produce effective and compelling presentations. Through these skills, students will explore the relationships between time, sound, and still photographs. In addition to a demonstrated understanding of using multimedia as a platform to present photographic work, students will also explore its use as a marketing tool and will develop an understanding of its integration with current web technology. PH2478 - Location Photography 4 credits Prerequisite: PH2470 - Editorial Photography This course explores the special needs of location photography, including both the technical and logistical aspects of location work. Students are challenged with a variety of assignments related to fashion, portraiture, product, stock, and architectural photography PH3400 - The Business of Photography 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course reviews considerations faced by photographers when establishing and managing a studio operation. Topics include recruitment, appraisal, and delegation to a studio staff; negotiating with clients and talent; and the management of large productions. Students must use business management software to estimate costs for photographic work and manage a studio budget. PH3410 - Photographic Essays and Visual Narratives 4 credits Prerequisite: PH2470 - Editorial Photography or PH2478 – Location Photography This course addresses photography as a narrative or illustrative medium used in support of the text content of publications. Students are required to produce their own renditions of picture stories, illustrations, magazine covers, and page layouts for all types of print media. PH3413 - Photographic Studio 4 credits; Prerequisite: PH2413 - Advanced Lighting Students will develop the ability to solve problems of visual communication through assignments designed to challenge their skills in lighting, camera operation, and commercial interpretation. All aspects of studio photography are discussed from lenses to lighting and people to products. PH4410 - Specialization 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in PH. Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director In this course, the student elects to specialize in one or more of the major fields of photography, including photographic illustration, industrial, editorial, photojournalism, landscape/nature, commercial and portraiture. Advanced application, marketing and preparation of portfolio for employment are stressed. PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS PA095 - College Success 1 credit Prerequisite: none This course is designed to help incoming students make a successful transition to the academic, cultural and social climate of The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Highlights of the course include a focus on the necessary survival skills for academic and personal growth and development. PA3411 - Capstone/Portfolio 2 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in all BP2, CM, and CUL1. Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director Through competencies developed with previous related studies course work, students will develop a business plan for a minimun one hundred seat restaurant. the project will include: Market Analysis and Marketing Strategy, Operating Budget, Sales Projections, Opening Inventories, Capital Equipment, Standardized Recipes and Costing for all standardized recipies, Menu, and Facilities Design. The course covers the components of a business plan as well as techniques for developing and presenting sections of the plan. Business related competencies are reviewed and tutored as necessary for completion of the project. PA3415 - Management Internship 4 credits Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director In this course, the student serves as a management intern at a food service facility. The students learns hands-ons duties that managers perform on a day-to-day basis. Interviewing, hiring, empolyee relations and discipline, scheduling, and team building are possible duties to be performed. The student should also practice good customer relations and may be involved in marketing and promotion. The student may also be required to participate in cash handling, inventory, or other duties that the host site may require. PA4416 - Management Internship 16 credits Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director The purpose of the 16 credit Hospitality Management Internship is to provide students with comprehensive immersion in a selected Hospitality Operation. Students will spend one full quarter observing and interacting with management at the selected property. Interns will be expected to become involved with all aspects of managing a Hospitality operation, including human resource functions, scheduling, financial analysis, supervision and leadership modeling. Interns will be expected to work closely with the management of the internship site in preparation for their careers in the industry. Interns will become involved in every department and aspect of the operation, specifically with a management orientation that will provide detailed information by department and an overall coordinated vision. PA4483 - Digital Portfolio 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in MAA and VFX . Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director The objectives of this course are to complete the digital portion of the student’s portfolio, to assess its strengths and weaknesses, to correct those weaknesses and augment the students’ strengths, and to produce a professional-level demo tape. This course will also stress the importance of professional development and help the student seek the necessary completion of the initial job search requirements. PA4484 - Portfolio Presentation 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in MAA. Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director In this course, students will assemble and enhance the print portion of their animation portfolio, as well as sharpen their job seeking skills. PA4485 - Portfolio Preparation 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in GD and WDIM. Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director This course will prepare students for job interviews by helping them compile a portfolio. Students will demonstrate their conceptual design, craftsmanship, and other skills as they assemble and refine their portfolio pieces. Each student will select representative pieces, showcasing work that reflects a unique style. Particular emphasis is placed on identifying short and long-term professional employment goals, as well as related strategies and resources. PA4486 - Internship 4 credits Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director Through a field internship experience, students will be able to apply acquired subject matter and career/professional skills in a real and practical situation. The main objectives of the internship are to allow students the opportunity to observe and participate in the operation of successful business related to their fields of study. Students will gain the experience they need to enter the field when they graduate. PA4487 - Portfolio 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in WDIM and FRM. Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA This course focuses on the completion of the portfolio and enables students to begin their job search. Students should come into this course with work for the portfolio already begun. During the term, students will determine the quality of their work so that enhancements may be made. In addition, they will complete a professional resume and begin the job search. SM4408 - Studio Major VIII VE1457 - Conceptual Storytelling 4 credits Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses 4 credits Prerequisite: none STUDIO MAJOR COURSES TRANSITIONAL STUDIES COURSES SM1401 - Studio Major I TS094 - Transitional Studies: English 4 credits Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The student declares a primary studio concentration and track from a design discipline offered at the college in consultation with their advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, of which 4 are in the upper division. SM1402 - Studio Major II 4 credits Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The student declares a primary studio concentration and track from a design discipline offered at the college in consultation with their advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, of which 4 are in the upper division. SM2403 - Studio Major III 4 credits Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The student declares a primary studio concentration and track from a design discipline offered at the college in consultation with their advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, of which 4 are in the upper division. SM2404 - Studio Major IV 4 credits Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The student declares a primary studio concentration and track from a design discipline offered at the college in consultation with their advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, of which 4 are in the upper division. SM3405 - Studio Major V 4 credits Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The student declares a primary studio concentration and track from a design discipline offered at the college in consultation with their advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, of which 4 are in the upper division. The student declares a primary studio concentration and track from a design discipline offered at the college in consultation with their advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, of which 4 are in the upper division. 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass for all programs. Prerequisite: none This course emphasizes the skills needed to produce clear, competent English prose. Coursework concentrates on basic paragraph writing with its attendant skills: various sentence structure, spelling, subject/verb agreement, punctuation, and correct verb tense. (Course is required for students with an Accuplacer Sentence Skills placement score of less than 87). 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass for all programs. Prerequisite: none This course reviews the mathematics that is the foundation for the requirements of a degree program. The course focuses on conceptual understanding of problem solving, decision making, and analytical skills dealing with quantities, their magnitudes and interrelationships. The course includes: complex manipulation of whole numbers, fractions, decimal numbers; ratios, proportions, and percentages; geometry (emphasizing the calculation of area and volume of complex 2D and 3D objects); algebra (emphasizing the manipulation of negative and positive numbers and the solution of linear equations; beginning statistics (graphing, mode, mean and median). (Course is required for students with an Accuplacer Elementary Algebra placement score of less than 57). VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION GRAPHICS COURSES VE1409 - History and Trends in Visual Effects 4 credits Prerequisite: none SM3406 - Studio Major VI 4 credits Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses VE1438 - Computer Graphics SM4407 - Studio Major VII 4 credits Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The student declares a primary studio concentration and track from a design discipline offered at the college in consultation with their advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, of which 4 are in the upper division. VE2450 - Maps, Mattes, and Masks 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling This course continues the development of digital imaging skills, with an emphasis on advanced techniques in masking, maps, channels, and compositing. TS095 - Transitional Studies: Mathematics This course provides an overview of the visual effects industry, with an emphasis on traditional techniques and their historical context. This survey class also explores major trends in the visual effects industry, and identifies career opportunities in the field. The student declares a primary studio concentration and track from a design discipline offered at the college in consultation with their advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, of which 4 are in the upper division. The course is an introduction to storytelling and the components of story. The goal is to develop storytelling skills, and an understanding of story form. Students will examine story art through story structure, character and composition. Students will be presented with the tools, techniques, and understandings of what stories are and how they work. The course will comprise reading, writing, and discussion about traditional storytelling as well as the impact of technology and interactivity on storytelling. Students will learn to craft, analyze and critique stories while working with the tools necessary to present material in digital format. 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in VFX. Prerequisite: none This course will explore the history, psychology, and artistic interpretation of typography and digital design elements. Focus will be upon systematic application of typographic elements to enhance readability and visibility as well as communications for video, digital publishing, computer animation, and broadcast graphics. Desktop publishing activities will include the integration of computers and vector-based drawing programs. VE2453 - Introduction to VFX 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in VFX. Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video This course will explore basic color theory and the various techniques of digital compositing. Emphasis will be placed on combining separately shot pieces of live action footage to create a seamless finished shot. VE2467 - Production Design 4 credits Prerequisite: VE1457 - Conceptual Storytelling This course explores the production designer’s role of interpreting a screenplay (or similar work), and then combining reality and imagination to create visual elements that reinforce the screenplay’s narrative and aesthetic requirements. Students will consider both the explicit and underlying meanings in a scene, and then employ set and effects design to reinforce these ideas. VE2481 - Interactive Visual Design 4 credits Prerequisite: none Students learn about interactive computer programs that combine animation with facilities for integrating text, sound, images, and fill-motion video into interactive products. This course allows students to explore the role of 2D and 3D animation in the production of interactive products. VE2486 - Broadcast Graphics 4 credits Prerequisite: VE1438 - Computer Graphics or GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media This course introduces techniques in type design and animation using compositing software. Emphasis is on design, storytelling and technical precision. VE3453 - Intermediate VFX 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in VFX. Prerequisite: VE2453 - Introduction to VFX and VE2450 - Maps, Mattes, and Masks Utilizing various painting and compositing packages students will learn the principles of rotoscoping and digital painting, as applied to rig removal and special effects. 71 Students will also build upon the principles in previous classes towards the creation of more advanced live action composites. VE3457 - Post-Production Management 4 credits Prerequisite: none Students will learn to manage the production process. They will develop skill in managing clients and personnel. Students will discover the critical nature of preplanning and organization. Course will explore the various technical and artist issues that effect a project. Students will understand the financial implications of project management. Skill will be developed in establishing timelines and deadlines. VE3465 - Digital Cinematography for VFX 4 credits Prerequisite: VE3453 - Intermediate VFX This course will prepare students for on-set supervisory roles in the visual effects industry. By utilizing a complete survey of lighting conditions and physical set measurements, students will acquire the necessary data to incorporate 3D elements into live action plates. VE3477 - 3D Effects 4 credits Prerequisite: CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling Within a 3D environment, students will use dynamic simulation, particle systems, and rigid bodies to create a variety of convincing effects, including natural phenomena. This course will build a foundation for students to create complex, dynamic effects, integrated into live action footage. VE3486 - Intermediate Broadcast Graphics 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in VFX. Prerequisite: VE2486 - Broadcast Graphics This course will expose students to the disciplines used in finalizing a video or animation project using compositing software. The class will reinforce compositing concepts, techniques, and vocabulary that students have learned in previous classes. More sophisticated tools and techniques will be introduced. Each student should produce a final edited project utilizing these skills. VE3490 - Advanced Editing Principles 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2440 Digital Video Editing Advanced editing gives students the opportunity to refine knowledge and skill learned in the introductory and intermediate editing courses. The main focus of advanced editing is applying shot relations and transitions by creating a short video from original idea to edited master. Students explore shot relationships temporally, graphically, spatially, and rhythmically. VE4463 - Advanced VFX I 4 credits Prerequisite: VE3453 - Intermediate VFX and VE3465 - Digital Cinematography for Visual Effects This course will continue to explore the disciplines used in creating and compositing video shot on a blue or green screen. More sophisticated methods will be introduced for color correcting and adjusting video to produce seamless composites. The class will reinforce compositing concepts, techniques, and vocabulary that students have learned in previous classes. The concepts of background replacement and the use of miniatures in visual effects will also be introduced. VE4467 - Production Studio I 4 credits Prerequisite: VE3465 - Digital Cinematography for VFX Students will build upon foundation skills in broadcast design and visual effects by simulating a real world production environment. Emphasis will be placed on the competitive and collaborative aspects of production, as well as various professional methods, procedures, techniques, skills, resources, and equipment. VE4473 - Advanced VFX II 4 credits Prerequisite: VE4463 - Advanced VFX I In this course, the further exploration of 3D tracking and matchmoving concepts will be emphasized to create more complex interaction between 3D elements and live action footage. Advanced 3D lighting systems will be introduced to produce photorealistic composites. VE4486 - Advanced Broadcast Graphics 4 credits Prerequisite: VE3486 - Intermediate Broadcast Graphics This course will expose students to more advanced compositing techniques. The class will reinforce compositing concepts, techniques, and vocabulary that students have learned in previous classes. More sophisticated tools and techniques will be introduced. The class will focus mainly on group-oriented projects. Each student will have a vital role in producing a group project involving, animation, live action video, editing, and compositing for a final portfolio piece. WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA COURSES IM1480 - Fundamentals Of Interactive Design 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in WDIM. Prerequisite: none placed on examination of the information architecture, communication and business goals, media, and delivery platform. Students will develop an interface prototype that meets the goals of the project. IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1420 - Image Manipulation This course will introduce the student to concepts and designs utilized in the development of education, sales, and marketing presentations. Students will create an integrated, interactive multimedia presentation using the basic concepts and principles of multimedia and graphic design. IM2470 - Interactive Motion Graphics 4 credits Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals of Interactive Design An advanced course that applies motion graphics as an integrated interactive solution; students will script interaction, sequencing, and motion for interactive projects. Optimization is a critical consideration in the creation of the user-centered experience. IM2480 - Digital Video Production 4 credits Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video Students will demonstrate knowledge of editing using non-linear editing software and hardware in a computer lab. Students will produce and edit video and audio using digital desktop video techniques. IM2490 - Interactive Motion Scripting 4 credits Prerequisite: IM2470 - Interactive Motion Graphics An advanced course that applies motion graphics as an integrated interactive solution; students will script interaction, sequencing, and motion for interactive projects. Optimization is a critical consideration in the creation of the user-centered experience. The course introduces students to the history, trends, terminology, and concepts in the field of interactive design. Through materials presented in the course, students become familiar with the roles and responsibilities of people working in the field, professional organizations, and significant organizations. Students are also introduced to the basic concepts and tools for developing interactive media applications. IM3411 - Writing For Interactive Design IM2420 - Fundamentals of Scripting Languages IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in WDIM. Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals of Interactive Design Students develop and refine basic programming skills. Emphasis is placed on programming concepts including logic, problem solving, process flow and flowcharting, syntax and structures, and debugging and troubleshooting. Students will acquire skills needed to design, develop, and produce practical interactive applications. IM2440 - User Centered Interface Design 4 credits Prerequisite: GD1420 - Image Manipulation This course provides students with the skills to design interactive interfaces. Emphasis is 4 credits Prerequisite: none This is a specialized writing course for interactive design. Students will learn the unique characteristics and techniques of media writing and apply them to interactive media production. Students will also learn to conduct research for media writing projects. 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in WDIM. Prerequisite: IM2420 - Fundamentals of Scripting Languages Students will refine dynamic scripting skills to develop complex interactivity and applications (applets). The course also examines client-side forms in conjunction with server-side scripting applications. IM3460 - Intermediate Authoring 4 credits Prerequisite: IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring This course will build on the skills taught in the Introduction to Authoring class. Students will design production quality interactive presentations using intermediatelevel scripting techniques focusing on THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA good user interface design and usability. IM4420 - Dynamic Web Applications 4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in WDIM. Prerequisite: IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages Students apply user-centered design principles, database structures and server side scripting to design and develop content for serverbased dynamic delivery. Attention will be paid to design issues relating to the display of dynamic content on the screen and how that dynamic content will be delivered. IM4440 - Usability Evaluation 4 credits Prerequisite: none This course introduces students to concepts and techniques used in usability evaluation. Through theories presented in the course, students learn ways to research, design, implement, and analyze evaluation of interactive projects. IM4470 - E-Learning Design & Applications 4 credits Prerequisite: IM2420 - Fundamentals of Scripting Languages This course will introduce students to the principles of instructional design as applied to e-learning. The course introduces different options for authoring tools, principles of effective design, instructional analysis, and production of e-learning materials. Students design, build, evaluate, and revise instructional applications using industry standard authoring systems. IM4480 - Web Design & Interactive Media Production Team 4 credits Prerequisite: IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages and IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting This course focuses on the interactive design project management process. The development of the project team as key to the successful achievement of interactive design project goals is stressed. The process examines the main elements required in every proposal/plan, time frame, and budget. The course also examines issues of copyright and intellectual property as they relate to project implementation. IM4490 - Special Topics in Web Design & Interactive Media 4 credits Prerequisite: IM2490 - Interactive Motion Scripting and IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages and IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring Topics are based upon important trends and developments in Web Design & Interactive Media. Lectures, demonstrations, or research reports pertaining to areas of interest in Web Design & Interactive Media are presented by resident faculty, expert visitors, and working professionals. Group projects may also be assigned. Study and discussion of computer hardware, operating systems, networking, programming languages, interactive digital media, streaming media, entrepreneurship, marketing, workgroup organization, and the interactive industry. 73 FACULTY Many of The Art Institutes International Minnesota faculty members are working professionals with impressive achievements in their field. ADVERTISING FACULTY Nicole Engravallo (Adjunct) M.Ed.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Patrick Faricy (Part-time) M.B.A., University of California – Irvine; B.F.A., Art Center College of Design – Pasadena, CA Rick Friede (Adjunct) B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Rebecca John (Part-time) M.A., University of Phoenix Online; B.A., University of St. Thomas Jennifer McDowell (Full-time) M.B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.A., University of Virginia Anjila Olsen (Adjunct) M.P.A.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities °John Schulz (Full-time) Advertising / Design Management / Fashion & Retail Management / Fashion Retailing Academic Director B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison Jake Davis (Adjunct) M.F.A., California Institutes of the Arts – Valencia; B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Duluth B.A., Metropolitan State University; CEPC, American Culinary Federation; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Andrew Matthews (Adjunct) Seth Bixby Daugherty (Full-time) M.A.; B.A., California State University – Chico Dan Walzer (Full-time) M.Mu., University of Cincinnati; B.Mu., Bowling Green State University °David Wilharm (Full-time) Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation / Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director M.L.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.Arch.; B.S., North Dakota State University CULINARY ARTS FACULTY °Mike Autenrieth (Full-time) M.A.., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.Mu., Concordia College – Moorhead Ed.D., Hamline University; M.A., St. Mary’s University - Twin Cities; B.S., North Dakota State University; C.E.C., A.A.C., C.C.E., American Culinary Federation; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Stephen Lerach (Full-time) Darrel Smith (Full-time) A.A.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Jessica Bartl (Part-Time) Nathan Beauchamp (Full-time) AUDIO PRODUCTION FACULTY Byron Korus (Full-time) Tatum Barile (Full-time) M.Phil., University of Glasgow – Scotland; B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University Joshua Clausen (Adjunct) B.A., Minnesota State University – Moorhead; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Culinary Arts Assistant Academic Director M.L.S.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association M.B.A., Westminster College - Salt Lake City; B.A., Brigham Young University Desiree Dorwart (Full-time) Culinary Arts / Hospitality Management Academic Director M.H.A., University of Nevada – Las Vegas; B.A., Metropolitan State University; A.S., Johnson & Wales University - Rhode Island; C.H.A., C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Jennifer Thompson (Full-time) Rachel Whisenant (Part-time) A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York Jessica Becker (Full-time) B.A., Goucher College – Maryland; A.O.S., New England Culinary Institute; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Jon Belleau (Full-time) C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Amy Carter (Full-time) Donna Simmons (Full-time) B.S., University of Minnesota – Duluth; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association M.Ed., Phoenix University; B.S., Georgia State University; A.A., The Art Institute of Atlanta; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Hope Walburn (Part-Time) B.A. University of Minnesota – Morris; A.A.S., Baking and Pastry, The Art Institutes International Minnesota; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Pat Weber (Full-time) B.S., Florida International University; A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York; C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Fred Weiss (Full-time) B.A., University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee; A.S., Johnson & Wales University - Rhode Island 74 THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA Mark Williams (Full-time) Kathryn Reiley (Adjunct) Sarah Matthey (Adjunct) B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota Ph.D.; M.A.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities M.A., University of St. Thomas; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities DESIGN MANAGEMENT FACULTY °John Schulz (Full-time) Walter Lambert (Full-time) Ph.D.; M.B.A., University of Texas – Austin; M.S.Ch.E.; B.S.Ch.E, University of Cincinnati Advertising / Design Management / Fashion & Retail Management / Fashion Retailing Academic Director B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison Jim Paulos (Full-time) KelliRae Sebwe (Full-time) M.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.S., University of Wisconsin – Madison °John Schulz (Full-time) Advertising / Design Management / Fashion & Retail Management / Fashion Retailing Academic Director B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison Jim Ullyot (Part-time) M.S., Argosy University; B.S., University of Wisconsin – Madison Kevin Wilkinson (Full-time) M.B.A., University of New Hampshire – Durham; B.S., Plymouth State University – Plymouth, NH Katherine Althlathini (Adjunct) M.A., The American University in Cairo; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO PRODUCTION FACULTY °Janica Austad (Full-time) M.F.A., University of California – San Diego; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Benjamin Gottfried (Full-time) M.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison; B.A., St. John’s University – Minnesota Jenny Hanson (Adjunct) M.F.A., TransArt University – Austria; B.A., Augsburg University Jay Horan (Adjunct) M.F.A, University of Southern California; B.A., Macalester College James Horwitz (Full-time) M.F.A.; M.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison; B.A., University of Connecticut °Colleen Mullins (Full-time) Photograpgy / Digital Film & Video Production / Digital Image Management Academic Director M.F.A, University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.A., San Francisco State University Mara Pelecis (Adjunct) M.F.A, School of the Art Institute of Chicago; B.A., St. Olaf College Barbara Wiener (Adjunct) M.F.A., Universtiy of Minnesota – Twin Cities B.A., Austin College – Texas FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT FACULTY Susan Dunlap (Adjunct) General Education Academic Director M.Ed., McGill University – Montreal, Canada; B.A.; C.C.S., Concordia University – Montreal, Canada Lisa Buboltz (Adjunct) Ph.D., Harvard University; M.A.; B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison Jeff Burkett (Full-time) M.S.; B.S., Minnesota State University – Mankato Michael Courteau (Full-time) M.F.A., Hamilne University; M.A., University of St. Mary’s – Twin Cities; B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison Nicholas Deacon (Adjunct) Ph.D., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.S., University of Iowa Jeremy Frandrup (Full-time) M.A., Hamline University; B.A., Metropolitan State University Robert Guthrie (Adjunct) Ph.D., University of Nebraska; M.S., University of Texas – El Paso; B.S., Winona State University; B.S., Purdue University Jenny Herbst (Part-time) M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.A., University de Chile – Santiago James Holdman (Adjunct) Ph.D.; M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.A., Oakland University – Rochester, MI Satish Jayaraj (Adjunct) M.M.A.; B.A, Metropolitan State University M.F.A., Hamline University; B.A., Purdue University MaryBeth Gagner (Adjunct) Jeremy Lawson (Full-time) M.F.A., University of Washington – Seattle; B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College M.S., University of Tennessee; B.S., Marshall University – Huntington, WV Cari Gelle (Full-time) Gary Lehtola (Adjunct) M.Ed., Argosy University; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities M.S.; B.S., University of Oulu – Finland Kristy Janigo (Full-time) M.S.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities B.S., North Dakota State University Alyssa Marsh (Adjunct) B.A., Concordia College – Moorhead M.S.; B.S., Minnesota State University – Mankato Lisa McDaniel (Full-time) M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities; M.A., Southern Methodist University – Dallas; B.A., University of Illinois – Urbana Laura Moyer (Full-time) M.A., University of St. Thomas; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Tim Nagle (Part-time) GENERAL EDUCATION FACULTY M.B.A., Harvard University; A.B., Harvard College Rolf Belgum (Full-time) Ed McBride (Full-time) William Lendway (Adjunct) Barb Ludins (Adjunct) M.A., Adler Graduate School; B.A., Metropolitan State University Ph.D.; M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.S., Northern Michigan University; B.S., Oregon State University Dana Nissen (Full-time) Ph.D., Graduate Theological Foundation – Indiana; Th.M., Lutheran School of Theology – Chicago; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Sarah Orman (Full-time) M.A., Hamline University; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Renee Rosen (Adjunct) Ph.D.; M.S., North Dakota State University; B.A., University of St. Thomas Ricardo Sanchez (Adjunct) M.A., University of London – Wye, UK; B.Sc., Colombia National University – Palmira, Colombia Renae Sauter (Part-time) M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities; B.A., Metropolitan State University Tony Steblay (Part-time) M.F.A.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Tim Storsved (Adjunct) Ph.D.; M.S., North Dakota State University; B.S., Minnesota State University – Moorhead Natalie Stowe (Adjunct) M.F.A., Minnesota State University – Mankato; M.A., Simmons College – Boston; B.A., St. Olaf College Christopher Title (Full-time) M.F.A., Hamline University; M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities; B.A., Northern Arizona State University – Flagstaff Deborah Weiss (Full-time) M.L.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.A., St. Cloud State University Kelly Westhoff (Adjunct) M.A., Hamline University; B.A., Concordia College – Moorhead Thomas Wortman (Adjunct) Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; B.A., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania GRAPHIC DESIGN FACULTY James L. Dean (Full-time) M.F.A., University College for the Creative Arts – Kent, UK; B.A., Northbrook College – Sussex, UK 75 Clay DuVal (Full-time) M.Ed., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.S., University of Wisconsin – Stout Brendon Farley (Full-time) M.F.A., Boise State University; B.F.A., Columbus College of Art & Design Jim Felgate (Full-time) M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities; B.F.A., St. Cloud State University Doug Garder (Full-time) Beata Fleischmann (Full-time) B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota; NCIDQ® Certificate #178870; LEED AP Legacy Maria Garrido Santos (Full-time) M.L.S.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; A.S., The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale; NCIDQ® Certificate #205507 Korrin Lohmann (Full-time) M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.A., Oberlin College – Oberlin, OH Mythili Thiagarajan (Adjunct) M.Arch., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.Arch., University School of Architecture and Planning – Chenna, India; LEED AP Legacy, AIA M.F.A., Rutgers University; B.F.A., The School of the Art Institute of Chicago Elsa Wenz (Part-time) Randall Holbrook (Part-time) Dan Whittaker (Full-time) Julie Longo (Full-time) B.F.A., Iowa State University Lisa Loudon (Full-time) M.F.A., University of Nebraska – Lincoln; B.F.A., University of Nebraska – Omaha Matthew Luken (Part-time) M.A.S.; B.S., Embry–Riddle Aeronautical University William Reynolds (Full-time) M.Ed., College of St. Catherine – St. Paul; B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design °Jelena Song (Full-time) M.S., Boston University; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Amy Meller (Part-time) Peter Gaustad (Full-time) J.D., Hamline University; B.A., St. John’s College – Maryland Becky Olstad (Full-time) Areca Roe (Adjunct) M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; LEED AP Legacy, AIA Anne George (Part-time) Photograpgy / Digital Film & Video Production / Digital Image Management Academic Director M.F.A, University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.A., San Francisco State University B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota M.F.A., West Virginia University – Morgantown; B.A., Southern Illinois University – Edwardsville M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities; B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities °Colleen Mullins (Full-time) B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; NCIDQ® Certificate #021217; LEED AP Legacy Jill Winkler (Adjunct) M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; AIA MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION FACULTY Jonathan Dege (Full-time) B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota Shannon Gilley (Full-time) B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Steve Paul (Full-time) B.A., University of Iowa – Iowa City Rich Ryan (Part-time) B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Michelle Westmark (Adjunct) M.F.A., Pratt Institute – Brooklyn, NY; B.A., Bethel University Sarah Whiting (Part-time) M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design; B.G.S., University of Michigan VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION GRAPHICS FACULTY Kinsey Engelmann (Adjunct) M.A., North Carolina State University; B.F.A., Univeristy of Wisconsin – Stout Michael Heagle (Full-time) B.F.A., University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee °David Wilharm (Full-time) Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation / Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director M.L.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.Arch.; B.S., North Dakota State University WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA FACULTY Graphic Design / Web Design & Development / Web Design & Interactive Communications / Web Design & Interactive Media Academic Director M.Arch., B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Jason Rivera (Adjunct) Tim Armato (Full-time) M.F.A., Full Sail University; B.S., The Art Institute of Las Vegas M.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design; B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College Lafe Smith (Full-time) Douglas Brull (Full-time) John Thomas (Full-time) B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design; B.A., University of Iowa B.F.A., University of Wisconsin – Oshkosh; B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota Doug Westendorp (Full-time) °David Wilharm (Full-time) Derrin Evers (Full-time) M.F.A., B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT FACULTY °Mike Autenrieth (Full-time) Culinary Arts / Hospitality Management Academic Director M.H.A., University of Nevada – Las Vegas; B.A., Metropolitan State University; A.S., Johnson & Wales University - Rhode Island; C.H.A., C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association Natalie Goldston (Full-time) B.S., University of Wisconsin – River Falls INTERIOR DESIGN AND INTERIOR PLANNING WITH AUTOCAD FACULTY Jessica Ainsworth-Truong (Full-time) M.Arch.; B.A.., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; LEED AP Legacy °Marissa Alexander (Full-time) Interior Design Academic Director M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation / Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director M.L.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.Arch.; B.S., North Dakota State University PHOTOGRAPHY FACULTY Caroline Houdek (Full-time) M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.F.A., College of Visual Arts Wayne Jenkins (Part-time) M.F.A., Arizona State University; B.A., University of California – Riverside Brett Kallusky (Full-time) M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art; B.F.A., University of Wisconsin – River Falls B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota John Keston (Full-time) B.A., Metropolitan State University Ken Korth (Full-time) M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.F.A., Brigham Young University Dana Nybo (Full-time) M.B.A., University of Phoenix Online; B.A., Winona State University °Jelena Song (Full-time) Graphic Design / Web Design & Development / Web Design & Interactive Communications / Web Design & Interactive Media Academic Director M.Arch., B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities Kenneth Kunkle (Adjunct) J.D., Hamline University; B.A., Wichita State University Anthony Marchetti (Full-time) M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College 76 THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA ADMINISTRATION The Art Institutes International Minnesota staff members are committed to students and to providing quality, outcome oriented education. Colleen Mullins PRESIDENT’S OFFICE John Schulz Digital Film & Video Production / Photography Academic Director 612-656-6852 Erin Richards Record Assistant 612-656-6834 TECHNOLOGY President 612-656-6863 Advertising / Design Management / Fashion & Retail Management Academic Director 612-656-6872 Greg Lockhart Jeanne Theberath Jelena Song Nikki Austin Jeffrey S. Allen, Ph.D. Executive Assistant 612-656-6863 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Susan Tarnowski, Ph.D. Dean of Academic Affairs 612-656-6860 Amber Buckner Administrative Assistant 612-656-6861 Marissa Alexander Interior Design Academic Director 612-656-7565 Janica Austad General Education Academic Director 612-656-7512 Mike Autenrieth Culinary Arts/Hospitality Management Academic Director 612-656-6819 Graphic Design / Web Design & Interactive Media Academic Director Academic Director 612-656-6966 David Wilharm Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation/Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director 612-656-6954 Liz Adamsick Academic Advisor 612-656-6879 Tarah Bjorklund Academic Advisor 612-656-7564 Claire Hilgeman Academic Advisor 612-656-7520 Bavi Weston Academic Advisor 612-656-7560 Steve Liska Jennifer McDowell Librarian Director of Faculty Development 612-656-6981 612-656-6827 Steve Lerach REGISTRAR’S OFFICE Culinary Arts/Hospitality Management Assistant Academic Director 612-656-6934 Desiree Boie Registrar 612-656-6837 Campus Technology Manager 612-656-6841 Technology Support Supervisor 612-656-6821 Mark Thomes Sr. Desktop and Media Resources Analyst 612-656-6826 Jim Bozic Desktop Analyst 612-656-6831 Andrew Schroeder ECage Manager 612-656-6807 ADMINISTRATIVE AND FINANCIAL SERVICES Dave Aune Director of Administrative and Financial Services 612-656-6859 Jeffrey Lee Accounting Supervisor 612-656-6845 Crysta Hinson General Accountant 612-656-6832 Clint Lambeth Collector 612-656-6985 77 Barry Rosenman Supply Store Manager 612-656-6864 Jamie Gordon Student Financial Services Administrative Assistant 612-656-6828 Erik Thompson Print Service Manager 612-656-6824 HUMAN RESOURCES Patrick Chen STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES Kimberly Steele Director of Student Financial Services 612-656-6876 Jenna Bakken Associate Director of Student Financial Services 612-656-6840 Angela Olson Associate Director of Student Financial Services 612-656-6828 Craig McCoy Senior Financial Aid Officer 612-656-6843 Lena Collister Financial Aid Officer 612-656-6959 Melissa Giacomini Financial Aid Officer 612-656-6804 Dan Hedegard Loan Coordinator 612-656-7647 Hannah Hedegard Financial Aid Officer 612-656-6963 Charla Hudlow Financial Aid Officer 612-656-6802 Amy Learn Financial Aid Officer 612-656-7541 Elizabeth Leland Financial Aid Officer 612-656-7544 Natalie Lynch Financial Aid Officer 612-656-6833 Alisha Rawana Financial Aid Officer 612-656-6828 Jonathan Schill Financial Aid Officer 612-656-6838 Amanda Temple Financial Aid Officer 612-332-3361 Jason Twombly Financial Aid Officer 612-656-6842 Director of Human Resources 612-656-6848 Susie Charais Eric Weidmann Administrative Assistant 612-656-6907 Cathie Carlson Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-7561 Jason Chinander Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6814 Human Resources Generalist 612-656-6847 Bailey England CAREER SERVICES Jay Edwards Becky Bates Director of Career Services 612-656-6854 Samantha Abbott Student Employment Advisor 612-656-6849 Alma Allen Senior Career Services Advisor 612-656-6962 Jodi Gruenwald Senior Career Services Advisor 612-656-6851 Angie Lira Career Services Advisor 612-656-6818 Andrea Obrycki Career Services Advisor 612-656-6850 Andrea Renaud Career Services Advisor 612-656-6823 Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6816 Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6882 Sofia Farone Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-7567 Tabitha Fischer Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6927 Laura Fulayter Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-7592 Sherry Hanson Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6810 Gretchen Haynes Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6871 Aaron Heiner Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6812 Joe Hysell STUDENT AFFAIRS Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6836 Dean of Student Affairs 612-656-6865 Jean Anne Janes Pam Boersig Rob Anderson Director of Residence Life and Housing 612-656-6835 Teresa Hash Residence Life Coordinator Valerie Johnson Student Support/Disability Services Coordinator 612-656-6866 Julie Kesterke Student Development Coordinator 612-656-6892 Associate Director of Admissions 612-656-6900 Amanda Jones Associate Director of Admissions 612-656-7540 Jolene Luehrs Associate Director of Admissions 612-656-6805 Ashley McNamara Associate Director of Admissions 612-656-7587 Michael Miller ADMISSIONS Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6870 Senior Director of Admissions 612-656-6820 Nick Mueller Mary Strand Jeff Mammenga Director of Admissions 612-656-6803 Associate Director of Admissions 612-656-7568 Jim Novak Newton Myvett Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6808 Board Member Vice President, Admissions Education Management, LLC Kris Pearson Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6806 Timothy Newman Jesse Reed Board Member President, CEO Charlotte Regional Visitors Authority Associate Director of Admissions 612-656-6884 Jeffrey S. Allen, Ph.D. Mark Stanaszek Ex-Officio President Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-7650 The Art Institutes International Minnesota Tom Trundle THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA BOARD OF DIRECTORS Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-6977 Jenn Walter Assistant Director of Admissions 612-656-7610 LeAnna Wangerin Associate Director of Admissions 612-656-6809 The Art Institutes International Minnesota International LLC has a three-member Board of Directors, located at 210 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15222. The members are Edward H. West, Todd S. Nelson, and John M. Mazzoni. Jack May Assistant Director of Re-Admissions 612-656-6829 Erin Finnegan Enrollment Processor 612-656-7632 Jeremy Klein Enrollment Processor 612-656-6890 Matthew Johnson Mailroom Coordinator 612-656-6816 Jan Campbell Receptionist 612-656-7600 THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA BOARD OF TRUSTEES Pam Carter-Mendenhall – Chair Board Member Owner Mendenhall Interiors Dorothy Fenwick, Ph.D. Board Member President Association of Commissions Linda Hunter Board Member Vice President, Human Resources The Art Institutes International Minnesota John Knepper Board Member Private Consultant 79 GENERAL INFORMATION ADMISSIONS CAMPUS VISIT Prospective students are encouraged to visit The Art Institutes International Minnesota, although a visit is not a condition for submitting the Application for Admission and the Enrollment Agreement. Arrangements for an interview and tour of the campus may be made by contacting: OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS The Art Institutes International Minnesota INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA 15 SOUTH 9TH STREET MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402 612-332-3361 OR TOLL-FREE: 1-800-777-3643 ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS All applicants are admitted into The Art Institutes International Minnesota based on the following criteria: • An official copy of high school transcripts from an accredited educational institution or a GED certificate including proof of graduation. • A minimum high school GPA of 1.5 or a GED certificate including proof of graduation if an applicant is applying for an Associate’s program. • A minimum High School GPA of 2.5 if an applicant is applying for an a Bachelor’s degree in Audio Production. • Students applying for Diploma programs in Fashion Retailing, Digital Image Management, Web Design & Development, and Web Design & Interactive Communication may demonstrate preparedness by either college transcripts showing relevant coursework or portfolio, and a program-specific essay of 250 words. The following will also be considered: Portfolio, or body of work in their program of interest, successful completion of placement exam, norm referenced exams like the ACT, and successful completion of post secondary education. High school seniors who have not yet graduated should submit a partial transcript that indicates their expected graduation date. Students who have completed high school or its equivalent, yet cannot provide the necessary documentation, may provide alternate documentation to satisfy this requirement. The Art Institutes International Minnesota President or designee must approve all exceptions. A student may submit proof of an Associate’s degree that is fully transferable to a Bachelor’s degree from any accredited post-secondary school to satisfy the high school or GED requirement. ENROLLMENT PROCEDURE An application for admission must be completed, signed by the applicant and sent to The Art Institutes International Minnesota with a $50 application fee. As part of the application, the applicant is required to independently conceive and write an essay of approximately 150 words stating how his/her education at The Art Institutes International Minnesota will help attain his/her career goals. The Art Institutes International Minnesota also requires a high school transcript or GED scores. A student may submit proof of a degree from any accredited post-secondary school to satisfy the high school or GED requirement. Applicants must submit a completed enrollment agreement and are assessed a $100 enrollment fee which is due within 10 days of submitting an application. Applicants not accepted for admission will receive a full refund of all fees paid. Each school quarter is typically 11 weeks. The quarterly tuition and fees charged are subject to adjustment annually. Students are given a notice of 90 days in the event of an adjustment. The starting kit is optional and consists of basic equipment, first-quarter textbooks and materials required for beginning each program. A list of the components of the starting kit is provided to each enrolled student. These materials may be purchased at The Art Institute or at most supply stores. The Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves the right to schedule or reschedule classes to accommodate classroom and facility usage. INTERNATIONAL ADMISSIONS POLICY All international (nonimmigrant) applicants to The Art Institutes International Minnesota must meet the same admissions standards as all other students (Please refer to Admissions Requirements for all students in The Art Institutes International Minnesota Catalog). ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY All applicants to The Art Institutes International Minnesota whose first language is not English must demonstrate competence in the English language. Demonstration that English is an applicant’s “first” language can be satisfied if the applicant submits a diploma from secondary school (or above) in a system in which English is the official language of instruction. If English is not the applicant’s “first” language, the applicant will need to meet the minimum English Language Proficiency standard through submission of an official minimum score on the written Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or its TOEFL Internet (iBT) equivalent. A minimum score of 480 on the written TOEFL is required for diploma programs. A minimum of 500 on the written TOEFL or 61 on the TOEFL Internet (iBT) is required for all associate and bachelor’s level degree programs. Applicants should contact the Admissions Office to determine other examinations for which official scores, equivalent to TOEFL, are acceptable as an alternative to TOEFL. The above stated English language proficiency requirements are effective November 1, 2004. ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR NONIMMIGRANT STUDENTS Applicants seeking to enroll in valid student nonimmigrant status must submit each of the following items: • A completed and signed Application for Admission Form including required essay; • A completed and signed Enrollment Agreement; • Original or official copies of all educational transcripts (high school and, if applicable, university level academic records) and diplomas. These educational transcripts and diplomas must be prepared in English or include a complete and official English translation; • Official credential evaluation of non-American educational credentials, if applicable. • Proof of English language proficiency (see English language proficiency policy); • A completed and signed Sponsor’s Statement of Financial Support; (This statement is not required if the student is self-sponsored;) • Official Financial Statements. Financial statements (typically provided by a bank) must verify sufficient funds to cover the cost of the educational program as well as all living expenses; • A U.S. $50 non-refundable application fee and a U.S. $100 refundable tuition deposit; • A photocopy of the student’s passport to provide proof of birth date and citizenship (Students outside the United States who have not yet acquired a passport will need to submit a copy of their birth certificate); • For all nonimmigrant applicants residing in the United States at the time of application: a photocopy of the visa page contained within the student’s passport as well as a photocopy of the student’s I/94 arrival departure record (both sides); • For all nonimmigrant applicants residing in the United States at the time of application in either F, M, or J non-immigrant classification: written confirmation of nonimmigrant status at previous school attended before transferring to The Art Institutes International Minnesota. • Proof of Health Insurance. Students who do not possess health insurance upon applying to The Art Institutes International Minnesota must be prepared to purchase health insurance through an approved provider upon commencement of studies. If an applicant seeking to enroll in valid student nonimmigrant status is transferring from a college or university in the United States, the International Student Transfer Clearance Form is also required. If the applicant is accepted, he/she will be sent additional information regarding the student visa application process. The Art Institutes International Minnesota is authorized under federal law to admit nonimmigrant students. ORIENTATION At the start of each quarter, The Art Institutes International Minnesota hosts an orientation program for all new students and their parents. Students are advised of the date, time, and events. Attendance is recommended for all new students and parents are encouraged to attend. Incoming students participate in the Student Inventory. STUDENT ID CARDS Students are required to keep on their person their Student ID card issued by The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Students must present their student ID to Security Guards upon entering buildings. Certain entrances and doors are kept locked at all times; student ID cards are used to access these locations through the use of the electronic lock. Student ID cards are also used to check out material in the library and equipment cage. ID cards are also required to receive any official student documentation. If a student loses his or her ID card he/she must immediately report the loss or theft to the Cage. There is a $15 replacement fee. FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT The Art Institutes International Minnesota includes over 100,000 square feet at our locations at 15 South 9th Street and 800 Hennepin Avenue in Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. In addition to classrooms, students will find studios, laboratories, offices, student lounges, a learning resource center, and an exhibition gallery. The Art Institutes International Minnesota maintains an art supply store and printing service center for the convenience of students. The year-round class size for The Art Institutes International Minnesota averages approximately 21 students. Rarely would lecture classes exceed 45 or lab classes exceed 30 students. Equipment provided at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is specific to the program of study and includes computers, workstations, printers, as well as photo, video, and audio equipment. The Art Institutes International Minnesota is not responsible for loss or damage of student property, including artwork or photos. PLACEMENT EVALUATIONS Standardized placement evaluations are used at The Art Institutes International Minnesota as a means to place students in the appropriate Transitional or college level Mathematics or English course. (See Academic Affairs for a description of Transitional Studies.) Placement scores are not used to determine admission to the college. There are three assessments tests students may use: ACCUPLACER, ACT and SAT. SAT and ACT scores are considered to be valid for up to five years after the date of completing the evaluations. Students found to need assistance based on the placement evaluation will be required to enroll in appropriate Transitional Studies courses offered by the college. These courses are four credits in length and are charged at the current per-credit rate and do not count towards the required credits for graduation. ACCUPLACER For placement test scoring requirements and options, please speak with an Assistant Director of Admissions or the Academic Director of General Education. Students who score at least 57 in Mathematics sections and 87 in the English sections of the ACCUPLACER may be placed in the college level Mathematics or English course. Scoring below 57 in Mathematics or 87 in English will place a student in the appropriate Transitional Studies course. Students are only allowed to take the ACCUPLACER test a maximum of two times in each area. If a student receives transfer of credit for GE1410 English I or GE2412 College Mathematics prior to the start of the quarter they are exempted from the appropriate assessment exam. ACT Students who score at least 18 in each section of the ACT will be placed in the appropriate college level English or Mathematics course. Scoring less than 18 in any given section will require the student to take the ACCUPLACER Assessment Placement prior to entering College level English or Mathematics. SAT Students who score at least 450 in each section of the SAT will be placed in the appropriate college level English or Mathematics course. Scoring less than 450 in any given section will require the student to take the ACCUPLACER Assessment Placement prior to entering College level English or Mathematics. ECOLLEGE AND VITALSOURCE SYSTEM AND HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses eCollege and Vital Source to deliver its digital resources. As with any software, the faster the processor, the more RAM, and the larger hard drive space you provide, the better the performance. Users wanting to move their material to their hard drive may need additional space. It is also important that users understand the process and benefits of maintaining their machines in top operating condition by keeping them current with the latest operating system updates, correctly configuring virus control, and other beneficial habits. PREFERRED REQUIREMENTS: Preferred Software Specifications: Mac OSX 10.5 or 10.6 - OR Windows 7 or Vista with Microsoft .Net 3.5 SP1 • Latest version of Safari Browser, Mozilla Firefox, or Internet Explorer Preferred Hardware Specifications: • 2.0 GHz INTEL processor • 1 GB of RAM • Graphics card capable of 1024 x 768 resolution or larger • Soundcard & speakers • High speed internet access MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: Minimum Software Specifications: Apple Mac OSX 10.4 - OR Microsoft Windows XP SP2 or higher with Microsoft .Net 3.5 SP1 • Safari browser 3.0.4 or higher, Mozilla Firefox 2.0 or higher, Internet Explorer 6 or higher Minimum Hardware Specifications: • 1.0 GHz processor • 512 MB of RAM • Graphics card capable of 1024x768 screen resolution 81 • Dial-up internet access is the minimum standard, however, a higher speed is recommended NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY The Art Institutes International Minnesota does not discriminate on the basis of race, genetic marker, gender, creed, color, age, ancestry, sexual orientation, religion, national origin, sex, disability, or any other characteristic protected by state, local, or federal law. Enrollees requiring additional educational or tuition assistance will be referred to appropriate government agencies or other special educational institutions equipped to handle such situations. For information, please contact the Office of Admissions. The Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves the right to request any additional information necessary to evaluate an applicant’s potential for academic success. STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES Student Financial Services assists students and their families with financial plans to help ensure students’ completion of their programs. Financial Aid Officers from this department also help in the completion of federal and state applications for grants and loans. Once students’ eligibility for financial aid is determined, students receive help to develop plans for meeting educational expenses. BOOK PROCESS Students in need of purchasing books for their classes will need to sign an authorization form either approving or not approving the use of excess Title IV funds, if applicable, to cover the cost of books and supplies. If the purchase of books and supplies should exceed the amount of the student’s credit balance after all aid pays in, the remaining amount due will be posted to the student’s account and the student will be responsible for making alternative payment arrangements. Students who do not authorize and who have excess Title IV funding due to receiving funds from a Pell Grant will receive the lesser amount of either the amount of their Pell Grant excess or their full credit balance amount, for the term in question, within seven days of the start of the term. Students who do not authorize and who are receiving excess Title IV funds but do not have a Pell Grant will receive a stipend within the later of the term begin date or 14 days of the date of their credit balance on their ledger card. NON FEDERAL REFUND POLICY Refunds for state aid programs and nonstate aid programs are calculated on a proportional basis using the State mandated or institutional refund policy. To calculate the minimum refund due to the Minnesota State Grant program, the SELF Loan Program, and other aid programs, with the exception of the State Work Study Program, the Minnesota Office of Higher Education Refund Calculation Worksheet, Appendix 14, of the Minnesota State Grant manual is used. BUYER’S RIGHT TO CANCEL more national credit bureau organizations and not release your academic transcript until all your debts to us are paid in full. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if a student gives written notice of cancellation within five business days of the execution of the contract or day on which the student is accepted, then a complete refund is given regardless of whether the program has started. All students are eligible to apply for financial assistance under various federal and state programs as follows: Each student will be notified of acceptance/ rejection in writing. In the event a student is rejected, all tuition, fees, and other charges will be refunded. If a student gives a written notice of cancellation after five business days of the execution of the contract or day on which the student is accepted, but before the start of the program by The Art Institutes International Minnesota, then all tuition, fees, and other charges, except 15 percent of the total cost of the program (15 percent not to exceed $50.00) shall be refunded to the student. If a student gives written notice of cancellation after the start of the period of instruction for which the student has been charged, but before completion of 75 percent of the period of instruction, then student is assessed a pro rata portion of tuition, fees and all other charges based on the number of days in the term plus 25 percent of the total program cost (25 percent not to exceed $100.00.) Any notice of cancellation shall be acknowledged in writing within 10 business days of receipt of such notice and all refunds shall be forwarded to the student within 30 business days of receipt of such notice. This refund policy is not linked to any student conduct policy and any promissory instrument shall not be negotiated prior to the completion of 50 percent of the course. Written notice of cancellation shall take place on the date the letter of cancellation is postmarked, or, in the case where the notice is hand carried, it shall occur on the date the notice is delivered to The Art Institutes International Minnesota. The date of execution of the enrollment agreement shall be presumed to be the date of delivery of the notice of acceptance, and if delivered by mail, the postmark dates of the letter of acceptance. Examples of the calculations for policy are available in the Student Accounting office. The Art Institutes International Minnesota may change the refund policy when federal, state, or other policies change. Students will be given 60 days notice of any change. KIT RETURN POLICY During the first 6 days of the student’s attendance, the supply kit and individual components of the kit may be returned for a refund only if the item being returned is in good condition and able to be resold. NON-PAYMENT OF CHARGES Non-payment of tuition, housing, fees, and/or other charges due to The Art Institutes International Minnesota will result in the student being obligated for additional collection costs, collection agency costs, and legal costs. In addition, we reserve the right to report your failure to pay amounts owed to one or FINANCIAL AID • Federal Stafford Loan (Subsidized/Unsubsidized) • Federal Pell Grant • Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG) • Federal Work-Study • Federal PLUS Loan Program • State-Funded Student Assistance Programs • Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance • Veteran’s Administration Benefits Awards under these programs are based on the student meeting eligibility requirements, individual need, the availability of funds, and specific program requirements. A number of states also offer educational grants. Some states permit their residents to use the grants at schools outside of the state. Contact the Student Financial Services office for complete details about financial aid resources. Students receiving financial assistance must maintain satisfactory academic progress standards as outlined in this catalog. STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 1. All students who receive federalsponsored financial assistance must maintain satisfactory academic progress for financial assistance eligibility. 2. State grant eligibility is based on current regulations as detailed on the student’s state grant notice. Each student should refer to the award notice or contact the Student Financial Services department when his or her status changes. SUSPENSION AND REINSTATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Students who are suspended from a program of study or terminated from The Art Institutes International Minnesota are ineligible for financial assistance until they regain admission and comply with Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy requirements. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE STUDENT APPEAL Students who are denied or suspended from financial assistance may file an appeal, under appropriate federal guidelines, with the College’s Student Financial Assistance Review Committee. STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE REVIEW COMMITTEE This committee consists of the President, Director of Administrative and Financial Services, and Director of Student Financial THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA Services. The committee is responsible for the review of all student financial-aid awards when there is a question regarding a student’s eligibility for such awards. Furthermore, the committee serves as an appeal panel when a student is denied financial assistance under the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy. Student FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Appeal PROCESS Any student who is denied financial assistance under The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy has the right to appeal such a decision. The student: 1. Writes a letter to the attention of The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s Director of Student Financial Services that details all mitigating circumstances. This letter must be received within 10 days after notification of financial-aid denial 2. Attaches any documents that give justification or reason for the student’s situation leading to the denial of financial assistance 3. May request a personal appearance before the Student Financial Assistance Review Committee. The Review Committee: 1. Secures a copy of the student’s academic and financial-aid records 2. May request the appearance of the student to clarify any materials/ statements presented by the student 3. Reviews the student’s records and all materials presented by the student, and renders a final decision regarding the student’s financial assistance status. STUDENT TUITION APPEAL PROCESS 1. Students have the right to make a tuition appeal if an error by The Art Institutes International Minnesota results in the student’s inability to continue in a class or at the institution. 2. The appeal should be in writing, and the letter should be directed to the Tuition Appeals committee. Letters should be delivered to the Dean of Academic Affairs, Susan Tarnowski, whose office is located in the Administration Office, 333 LaSalle building. 3. The written tuition appeal must be filed within thirty days from the time of the discovery of the error. Documentation of the error should be provided with the letter of appeal. 4. A response from the committee will be provided within three weeks of the receipt of the letter. 5. If students have questions regarding the tuition appeal process, they should see the Dean of Student Affairs, Pam Boersig, located in 209 Pence. For questions about the results of the appeal, see Jeff Lee, Accounting. VETERANS’ INFORMATION The College is approved by the Minnesota State Approving Agency for veterans’ educational benefits and may receive assistance in the filing of appropriate forms from the Registrar’s office. These students must maintain satisfactory attendance and academic progress as outlined in this catalog. Make-up work is not permitted for the purpose of receiving Veteran’s Administration training allowances. SCHOLARSHIP & GRANT INFORMATION The Art Institutes International Minnesota offers various merit and competitive scholarships. Scholarships rules and awards may change after the printing of this catalog. For current information, please visit, http://www.artinstitutes.edu/ competitions/high-school.aspx. PASSION FOR FASHION 2012 TUITION SCHOLARSHIPS AWARDED Tuition Scholarships Awarded LOCAL Local First Place Winner: $3,000 tuition scholarship NATIONAL First Place: Full tuition scholarship Second Place: Half tuition scholarship Third Place: One-Third tuition scholarship National tuition scholarships will be awarded in addition to local prizes except when a winner receives a full tuition scholarship. Graduating high school students who are interested in entering the Fashion & Retail Management program are eligible to compete for a tuition scholarship. Tuition scholarships are non-transferable. To learn more, visit: www.artinstitutes.edu/ competitions/PassionforFashion.aspx. The Art Institutes International Minnesota AND AMERICANS FOR THE ARTS POSTER DESIGN COMPETITION 2012 Tuition Scholarships Awarded LOCAL LEVEL Local first place winner: $3,000 tuition scholarship Local second place winner: $2,000 tuition scholarship NATIONAL LEVEL First Place: Full-tuition scholarship (awarded evenly over all quarters) Second Place: Half-tuition scholarship (awarded evenly over all quarters) Third Place: Quarter-tuition scholarship (awarded evenly over all quarters) National tuition scholarships will be awarded in addition to local tuition scholarships. All tuition scholarships must be used at the location the student represents in the competition. Tuition scholarships are non-transferable. All decisions made by judges are final and may not be disputed. To learn more, visit: http://artinstitutes. edu/Competitions/BestPoster.aspx BEST TEEN CHEF COMPETITION 2012 Tuition Scholarships Awarded First Place Winner $5,000 tuition scholarship All tuition scholarships are awarded toward a degree program. All tuition scholarships must be used at the location the student represents in the competition. Tuition scholarships are non-transferable. To learn more, visit: http://artinstitutes. edu/Competitions/BestTeenChef.aspx The Art Institutes International Minnesota 2012 STORYTELLERS PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION Tuition Scholarships Awarded LOCAL Local First Place Winner: $3,000 tuition scholarship and the opportunity to advance to the National Photographic Competition NATIONAL First Place: Full tuition scholarship Second Place: Half tuition scholarship Third Place: One-Third tuition scholarship National tuition scholarships will be awarded in addition to local prizes except when a winner receives a full tuition scholarship. Graduating high school students who are interested in entering the Photography program are eligible to compete for a tuition scholarship. Tuition scholarships are non-transferable. To learn more, visit: http://www. artinstitutes.edu/competitions EVELYN KEEDY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP High school seniors who show dedication to their education and a desire for a creative career may apply for the Evelyn Keedy Memorial Scholarship through The Art Institutes International Minnesota. This is a $30,000 tuition scholarship. Details and applications may be obtained by contacting The Art Institute location of your choice or calling 1-800-275-2440. Deadline is May 1, 2012. SCHOLARSHIP GUIDELINES An applicant must be a senior at a high school located within the United States. Deadline for entry is May 1, 2012. The winner will be notified by June 2, 2012 and must accept the scholarship offer by June 16, 2012. An offer not accepted by that date will be rescinded and offered to the first runner-up. ENTRY PREPARATION Applicants for the scholarship must submit: • A completed entry form indicating the College and program of study desired. • An official high school transcript indicating current grade point average and class rank. • A letter of recommendation from a guidance counselor or teacher. • A letter of recommendation from an employer, club sponsor, coach, or community service leader. • A typed résumé stating educational background, extracurricular activities, hobbies, work experience, community involvement, and awards. • A 200-word essay about their career choice and why they have chosen it. 83 JUDGING A team of Admissions and High school program staff will select the winner and two runners-up. Decisions will be final. WINNER’S OBLIGATIONS The scholarship recipient must begin his or her program of study in the summer or fall quarter following high school graduation. The recipient must not interrupt his or her studies; interruption of studies will result in loss of the scholarship. The scholarship will be suspended in quarters when the recipient’s cumulative grade point average falls below 2.5. ENTRY MATERIALS All entry materials become the property of The Art Institutes International Minnesota. The judging team is not responsible for loss, damage, or return of entry materials. OTHER CONDITIONS The scholarship will be awarded only to a student who has been admitted to his or her chosen Art Institute location. In the event that the scholarship recipient’s education is terminated either by the student or The Art Institutes International Minnesota, scholarship becomes null and void. The scholarship is not redeemable for cash and may not be used to finance optional programs sponsored by The Art Institutes International Minnesota. The scholarship covers two academic years’ tuition (six quarters) only and may not be applied against fees, housing, living expenses, or program supplies, and may not be transferred between affiliate schools. Other Options: Do not plan to finance your education by anticipating a scholarship. You may want to apply for financial assistance either through The Art Institutes International Minnesota or the federal and state governments. Additionally, many local and national service clubs, civic groups, and organizations, such as DECA and VICA, sponsor scholarships. Contact these organizations for details and application guidelines. The Art Institutes International Minnesota MERIT AND NEED SCHOLARSHIP The Art Institutes International Minnesota Merit and Need Award is a quarterly scholarship and is given to students who have demonstrated financial need and have earned at least a 2.5 cumulative GPA during their high school or college education. Awards will also be considered for those students who have a cumulative GPA of 2.2 to 2.49 and one letter of recommendation. The award ranges from $200-$400 each quarter and is contingent on the student maintaining a cumulative 2.5 GPA while attending The Art Institutes International Minnesota. The student must enroll for at least 12 credits per quarter. Application is due at the time of initial financial aid appointment. The Art Institutes International Minnesota SECOND FAMILY MEMBER SCHOLARSHIP The Art Institutes International Minnesota provides this quarterly award to full-time students attending The Art Institutes International Minnesota concurrently with another member of their nuclear family (parent, sibling, spouse, or child). The maximum amount a student may receive is $300. If the student receives either the Merit or Excellence Award, the Second Family Award amount will equal $300 minus the amount of the other award received. For example, if the student qualifies for the Second Family Award but also receives a Merit Award for $100, the student’s Second Family Award amount will equal $200. Family member must make application to attend The Art Institutes International Minnesota and be enrolled for classes. The award is determined at the time of initial financial aid appointment. STUDENT SUCCESS SCHOLARSHIP To be eligible, a student must have a CGPA of 3.3 or higher and then register for 16 credits for the following quarter. Students must remain enrolled in 16 credits through schedule adjustment period to be eligible. At the end of schedule adjustment period the student will be credited the value of one credit of tuition after week 2 of the quarter. The credit value will be based on the individual student’s tuition rate. For more information, visit the Student Financial Services office located on the second floor. CULINARY ARTS STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP This is scholarship is an annual $1,000 tuition scholarship for current Culinary Arts students awarded each fall quarter. To qualify, Culinary Arts students must meet the following requirements: • Minimum 3.0 GPA from The Art Institutes International Minnesota • Currently and continuously enrolled students who are in good academic and judicial standing. • Two letters of recommendations – one from a faculty member and another from the Academic Director for Culinary Arts. • A three-part essay: 1. How has your education at The Art Institutes International Minnesota allowed you to fulfill your culinary goals? 2. How will this scholarship contribute to your college experience while attending The Art Institutes International Minnesota? 3. How will the achievement of your Culinary Arts degree or certificate influence your future career? SUSAN O’BOYLE-JACOBSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP This is scholarship is an annual $1,000 tuition scholarship for current Baking & Pastry students awarded each fall quarter. To qualify, Baking & Pastry students must meet the following requirements: • Minimum 3.0 GPA from The Art Institutes International Minnesota • Currently and continuingly enrolled students who are in good academic and judicial standing. • Two letters of recommendations – one from a faculty member and another from the Academic Director for Culinary Arts. • A three-part essay: 1. How has your education at The Art Institutes International Minnesota allowed you to fulfill your dream as a Baking & Pastry professional? 2. How will this scholarship contribute to your college experience while attending The Art Institutes International Minnesota? 3. How will the achievement of your Baking & Pastry degree or certificate influence your future career? THE EDUCATION FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS This annual tuition-based scholarship award of approximately $2000.00 is offered to students 24 years of age and older. To qualify, incoming and current non-traditional students must meet the following requirements: • A completed application form and agreement • A personal statement that tells us something about you that cannot be discerned from the application materials and what you plan on doing with your education after graduation. • Unofficial copies of all high school or college transcripts. Transcripts must demonstrate a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0. • Two letters of recommendation – a copy of any letter of recommendation is perfectly acceptable. One letter may come from an instructors, but not both letters. For more information, please visit Student Financial Services. DOLLARS FOR SCHOLARS SCHOLARSHIP The Art Institutes International Minnesota is a collegiate partner of Citizens’ Scholarship Foundation of America and the Dollars for Scholars family of community scholarship foundations. The Art Institutes International Minnesota has agreed that Dollars for Scholars awards of up to $1,000 per student will not adversely affect scholarship funding provided by The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Interested students should go online at http://scholarshipamerica.org/ for details. 2011 IMAGINE AMERICA SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM The Art Institutes International Minnesota participates in the 2011 Imagine America Scholarship Program funded through the Career Training Foundation. Each high school is eligible to receive up to two $1,000 scholarships for their students. To apply for the scholarship students should contact their high school counselor or go online at http://www.imagine-america.org NATIONAL ART HONOR SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP High school seniors who also belong to the National Art Honor Society may apply for an Art Institute National Art Honor Society Scholarship. Details may be obtained by calling The Art Institute location of your choice or 1-800-275-2440. Deadline is March 1, 2011. Senior class members of the National Art Honor Society are eligible to compete for these tuition scholarships: First place: $20,000 Second place: $10,000 Third place: $5,000 Fourth place: $3,000 Fifth place: $2,000 The Art Institutes International Minnesota scholarships cover tuition only. Scholarship awards may not be applied to fees, living expenses, or supply costs. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA All entries must be addressed to: National Art Honor Society Scholarships, c/o The Art Institute of Pittsburgh 420 Boulevard of the Allies, Pittsburgh, PA 15219-1328 Attention: Bill McAnulty DEADLINE Application must be postmarked by midnight, March 1, 2011. Winners will be notified after May 1, 2011. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS: •You must be a high school senior graduating in the 2010-2011 academic year and a member of the National Art Honor Society. •Submit six slides of six different original pieces of artwork representing your creative ability and interest. •Digital files may be submitted in lieu of slides. •Submit a written statement describing your artistic career goals and why you want to be considered for a scholarship. •Use the list on the back cover to select The Art Institute you wish to attend. •Submit your name, home address, and telephone number, along with your school name, address, and school telephone number, and the name of your National Art Honor Society advisor. Entries must be postmarked by midnight, March 1, 2012. Winners must apply for admission at an Art Institute location and be accepted to validate the scholarship. Upon receipt, all submissions become the sole property of The Art Institutes International Minnesota and will not be returned. VICA/SKILLSUSA CHAMPIONSHIP Students who are members of SKILLSUSA may compete in local, state, and national championships. The winners of the national championships are awarded the following scholarships. Winners of the Advertising Design, Culinary, and Photography championships will be awarded a $20,000 tuition scholarship. Winners of the 3D Visualization and Animation, Web Design, and Television Production championships will be awarded a $10,000 tuition scholarship. Each Art Institute has a limited number of scholarships. Winners are permitted to choose The Art Institute location of their choice and scholarships will be awarded on a first-come-first-serve basis. National championships are held in June 2011. For details, visit the SKILLSUSA Web site: http:// www.skillsusa.org or call 703-777-8810. Winners of the SKILLSUSA competition may contact Julie Walsh at The Art Institutes International Minnesota at 1-800-275-2440 for scholarship details. SCHOLASTICS ARTS AND WRITING COMPETITION Four $10,000 scholarships will be awarded by The Art Institutes International Minnesota to the Scholastic National Award recipients on a firstcome-first-serve basis. To receive information about this scholarship visit the Scholastic Web site at http://www.scholastic.com/artandwriting or call 212-343-6100. National Award recipients must contact Julie Walsh of The Art Institutes International Minnesota at 1-800-275-2440 as soon as they are notified of the award. C-CAP Students who are enrolled in a C-CAP program may compete for a two-year full-tuition scholarship at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. The value of this scholarship is approximately $50,000. For information, speak to the C-CAP director at your high school, visit: http://www.ccapinc.org, or call: 212-974-7111. PROSTART INVITATIONAL First-place winners of the National ProStart Invitational Culinary Competition and Management Competition will be awarded a $3,000 tuition scholarship to The Art Institutes International Minnesota. A $2,000 tuition scholarship for second-place winners and $1,000 tuition scholarship for third place winners will also be awarded. Applicants must be enrolled in a ProStart program to be eligible for competition. For more information, visit the ProStart Web site at www.nraef.org/ prostart/ or call 1-800-765-2122. Winners of the invitational may contact Julie Walsh at The Art Institutes International Minnesota at 1-800-275-2440 for scholarship details. DEAN’S CHOICE AWARD Each quarter, enrolled students representing all programs are encouraged to submit their best work to the Dean’s office. The Dean selects a work for display in the Dean’s office. The student-artist receives a $250 tuition scholarship in recognition for his or her winning submission. PRESIDENT’S AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE Each quarter enrolled students representing all programs are encouraged to submit their best work to the President’s office. The President selects a work for display in the President’s office. The student-artist receives a $250 tuition scholarship in recognition for his or her winning submission. All scholarship winners must adhere to the scholarship rules established by The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Scholarship winners must apply to and be accepted at The Art Institutes International Minnesota to validate the scholarship. Scholarships cover tuition only, unless otherwise noted. They do not cover books, supplies, or miscellaneous fees. Students attending The Art Institutes International Minnesota on scholarships must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average, or otherwise stated, in order to retain eligibility. ACADEMIC AFFAIRS OVERVIEW MISSION OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS The mission of Academic Affairs at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is to engage students in an innovative education that supports them in becoming critical and creative thinkers with the ability to shape their chosen fields. Academic Affairs values: • Excellence in educational programs, teaching, and student support • Honesty, integrity, and caring in all interactions • Openness to new ideas in a changing world • Commitment to continuing improvement Academic Affairs serves the students, faculty and community through the development and implementation of postsecondary educational programs that prepare students with the necessary skills for entry-level positions in a variety of design-related and business-related careers. The office achieves its mission through: • The selection, development, and retention of exemplary faculty • The careful, continual planning and development of a curriculum that is responsive to the needs of students and employers • The provision of academic support services • The provision of appropriate technology for instructional purposes • The promotion and support of an effective library which provides access to materials and information supporting educational programs at The Art Institutes International Minnesota THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA LEARNING PRINCIPLES 1. Students will use critical and creative thinking through engagement in a process of disciplined thought that results in action with integrity. 2. Students will apply written, oral, and representational communication strategies to express themselves and connect with intended audiences. 3. Students will apply quantitative and qualitative methodologies to identify, analyze, and resolve problems. 4. Students will apply concepts and methodologies to analyze individual and group interactions and recognize the diversity of human experience. 5. Students will apply concepts and methodologies that reflect an understanding of the historical and cultural contexts within which they work. 6. Students will apply theoretical and practical knowledge and skills relevant to their field of study. ACADEMIC DIRECTORS AND ACADEMIC PROGRAMS The administration and faculty members of the Academic Affairs department have been carefully selected to assure excellence in the educational process. The faculty members have professional experience and backgrounds in the career-related areas in which they teach. The major focus of the educational process is devoted to the development of employable skills and professional attitudes so that graduates are prepared for the working world. ACADEMIC DIRECTORS Each academic program at The Art Institutes International Minnesota has an Academic Director. The Academic Director is responsible for working directly with students to ensure a quality learning experience, and for ensuring that well 85 qualified faculty members are employed to teach in programs. They also ensure, through continual observation and evaluation, that faculty members implement best practices in the teaching and learning process. Academic Directors develop the curriculum and maintain an appropriate schedule of classes. They also encourage students to meet with them to discuss the competencies and outcomes for student learning in the program. They are available to meet with students on individual plans for career employment. The Academic Director works with a Professional Advisory Committee (PAC) for each program. PAC members are industry professionals who advise the program to ensure that curriculum is staying current with industry standards, offer insight into the changing dynamics of the industry, and report on the skills and knowledge needed for employment. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS environment in which students are exposed to a variety of significant scholarly viewpoints on the subjects examined in their courses. This environment extends beyond the classroom, and fosters and protects independence of thought and speech. This environment is conducive to the civil exchange of ideas. ACADEMIC ADVISING Academic Advisors encourage success and persistence through academic planning, educational goal setting, and resource referral. Advisors can direct students to campus services as well as off-campus resources that may enhance their ability to succeed. Students should see an Academic Advisor for assistance with: • Accessing any services on campus • Course planning and registration • Online courses • Adding or dropping classes • Advertising (B.S.) • Changing majors • Audio Production (B.S.) • Clarifying goals • Culinary programs including: Culinary Management (B.S.), Culinary Arts (A.A.A.), Baking & Pastry (A.A.S. and D.), and The Art of Cooking (D.) • Communicating with faculty • Design Management (B.S.) • Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.) • Fashion programs including: Fashion & Retail Management (B.S.) and Fashion Retailing (D.) • Graphic Design programs including: Graphic Design (B.S. and A.A.S.) • Hospitality Management (B.S.) • Interior Design programs including: Interior Design (B.S. and A.A.S.), Interior Planning with AutoCAD (A.A.S.) • Media Arts & Animation (B.S.) • Photography programs including: Photography (B.S.), Digital Image Management (D.) • Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (B.S.) • Web Design programs including: Web Design & Interactive Media (Associate and B.S. and A.A.S.), Web Design & Development and Web Design & Interactive Communication (D.) STUDENT PARTICIPATION AND ACTIVE LEARNING The Art Institutes International Minnesota encourages students to be active participants in their own learning. Students need to engage in their coursework by attending classes, participating in learning activities, completing reading, and submitting assignments. The Art Institutes International Minnesota faculty members assist students in becoming professionals and lifelong learners. Students are encouraged to communicate regularly with their faculty members and take advantage of both scheduled office hours and informal meeting times. ACADEMIC FREEDOM Founded in the belief that freedom of inquiry is essential to the learning process, The Art Institutes International Minnesota supports academic freedom for its faculty members and students. The College strives to create an • Strategies for academic success • Connecting with resources • Accessing Student Portal accounts Academic Advisors are available Monday through Friday and select Saturdays. Appointments are not required. Students are encouraged to walk in, call, or email advisors for assistance at any time. ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT CENTER AND INTERIOR DESIGN SKILLS CENTER Academic Achievement Services provide tools, services, and opportunities for improved academic success. Academic Achievement Services provide peer-tutoring and academic support workshops to enhance academic skills. There are two tutoring centers at The Art Institutes International Minnesota: the Academic Achievement Center (AAC) and the Interior Design Skills Center. The AAC houses tutors for all the general education courses, as well as program specific tutors for all majors except Interior Design. The Skills Center houses the tutors for the Interior Design courses. Appointments are not required for tutoring services. The current schedule of tutors can be found on the doors outside the tutoring centers or with the Academic Advisors. LIBRARY The Mission of The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s Library is to provide students, faculty, and staff access to information and services needed in the learning and teaching environment. Emphasis for resource development is on technology for creative art, design and multimedia production as well as support for a general education enhancement in the fine arts, communications, social sciences, and humanities. Students will be prepared for lifelong learning through exposure to a variety of computer information technologies they will use in the workplace, the library, or home. The Library maintains a readily available collection of resources consisting of books, periodicals, audio-visual materials, and CD-ROMs (both networked and standalone). The Library also provides students with access to remote resources through cooperative agreements with other libraries and through electronic access to the Internet, on-line services (such as WilsonWeb), and off-site library catalogs and databases. REGISTRAR The Registrar and staff are responsible for monitoring, recording, and reporting student academic performance each quarter. Additional services include: • Maintenance of all permanent academic records • Issuance of grade reports and/ or attendance reports • Issuance of student transcript records. • Processing of student information, including but not limited to: Leaves of absence/complete withdrawal from program, Program/major changes, Veterans enrollment certifications, Verification of enrollment, and Address/ Name/Phone number changes Forms to process student requests are available in the Registrar office or through the registrar online site, http://aim.aiiresources. com/departments/registrar/forms/Forms may be downloaded from this site, but hard copies with the student’s signature must be turned in to the Registrar office. OFFICIAL ADDRESS/NAME/PHONE NUMBERS The Registrar’s Office must be notified by each student of any name, address, or phone number changes. Delivery of mail to the last address on record constitutes official notification to students. MILITARY & VETERAN SERVICES Veteran services are available to the following students: • Currently serving in the military • Previously served in the military • Survivor, or dependants of a veteran • Received military benefits in the past The Registrar serves as the certifying official. To receive or continue to receive benefits students need to provide proper military documentation to the Registrar. ATTENDANCE POLICY Regular, on-time attendance is both courteous and professional. The Art Institutes International Minnesota expects students to demonstrate professionalism by attending all classes as scheduled, arriving on time, and remaining for the full duration of the class. Outside employment should not be scheduled during class hours. In the event of illness or emergency, students are responsible for class material and should follow the procedures described in the course syllabus for contacting the instructor and keeping up with planned learning activities. In the case of unavoidable but planned absences, the student should communicate with the instructor and prepare assignments in advance when possible. Even with prior notification, a student will be marked absent and there may still be an impact on grades. Individual faculty may determine the impact, if any, of absences on grades. The Art Institutes International Minnesota supports the attendance policy for each class as it is described in the syllabus. Each student is responsible for reading and THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA understanding the policy for each class. Students with excessive absences will be withdrawn from class. Excessive absence is defined as missing two consecutive weeks of classes. Appeals of excessive absence withdrawal are limited in scope and rarely granted, following a presumption that a student who has missed two consecutive weeks of class is too far behind to reasonably make up the learning from that time period. The primary basis of an appeal should be clerical or record error in which the student can demonstrate attendance was inaccurately recorded. A student that stops attending all of their courses for two consecutive weeks will be given an attendance termination from the College. Students may be considered for readmission to the College following the submission of a written request to the Dean of Academic Affairs. If the student does not meet the standards of the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy, he or she must follow the re-entry process within that policy. UNDERGRADUATE SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS (SAP) POLICY The Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy ensures that all students are maintaining satisfactory academic progress towards successful completion of their academic programs. The evaluation points and milestones contained in the policy are meant to identify problems for which actions of early intervention and/or remediation can be taken. Most critical to this policy is a student’s ability to enroll in and complete courses on a consistent and successful manner. This ability is measured in three ways: cumulative grade-point-average (CGPA); and incremental completion rate (ICR) within a maximum time frame (MTF). Failure to complete courses successfully for any reason may negatively affect satisfactory academic progress. Failing courses or withdrawing from courses could result in the loss of Financial aid and Academic termination. In order for a student to graduate, the minimum requirements are a CGPA of 2.0, 66.67% ICR, and completion of the program in no more than 150% of total program credits. Periods of attendance when a student does not receive Title IV aid are included in determining Satisfactory Academic Progress. Periods of NonAttendance are not included in determining SAP. While the term Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning and Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation are used, the status applies to all students whether receiving aid or not. CRITERIA FOR HONORS DESIGNATION To promote academic excellence and to recognize exemplary academic achievement, the following Honors Designations will be issued on a term basis and upon graduation. Term Honors Designation (at the completion of a quarter) – Students who enroll for and complete 12 credits or more (of courses which are not transitional studies) and meet the following criteria may receive the corresponding designation: Term GPA 4.0 3.7-3.9 3.5-3.6 Honors Designation President’s Honor Roll Dean’s Honor Roll Honor Roll Honor Designation at Graduation – Students who achieve a CGPA of 3.5 or better are designated as Honor Graduates. Transitional studies classes are not considered when evaluating Honors Designations. MILESTONES AND EVALUATION POINTS FOR SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS Compliance with SAP is reviewed every quarter for Certificate, Diploma, and Degree Programs. A student who starts or re-enters at a MID session will have that session count as an entire quarter for SAP purposes. NOTE: See chart below for specific information. Certificate AND DIPLOMA PROGRAMS 1. At the end of the first quarter, students must achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.0 and an ICR of 33.33%. Anything below these milestones will result in Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning for one quarter. 2. At the end of the second quarter, students must attain a minimum CGPA of 1.5 and an ICR of 50%. Anything below these milestones will result in Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless the student was on Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning in the previous term. If the student was on Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning in the previous term, the student will be dismissed. 3. At the end of the third quarter, and every quarter thereafter, students must attain a minimum CGPA of 2.0 and an ICR of 66.67%. Anything below these milestones will result in Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless the student was on Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning in the previous term. If the student was on CERTIFICATE/DIPLOMA EVALUATION POINT MILESTONES (CGPA & ICR) REQUIRED ACTION End of First Quarter < 1.0 and/or 33.33% Warning End of Second Quarter < 1.5 and/or 50.00% Warning (if 1st time) / Dismissal (if on Warning) End of Third Quarter And Every Quarter Thereafter < 2.0 and/or 66.67% Warning (if 1st time) / Dismissal (if on Warning) Anything in excess of 150% MTF Dismissal DEGREE EVALUATION POINT MILESTONES (CGPA & ICR) REQUIRED ACTION End of First Quarter < 1.0 and/or 33.33% Warning End of Second Quarter < 1.0 and/or 33.33% Warning (if 1st time) / Dismissal (if on Warning) End of Third Quarter < 1.25 and/or 50.00% Warning (if 1st time) / Dismissal (if on Warning) End of Fourth and Fifth Quarter < 1.50 and/or 50.00% Warning (if 1st time) / Dismissal (if on Warning) End of Sixth Quarter And Every Quarter Thereafter < 2.00 and/or 66.67% Warning (if 1st time) / Dismissal (if on Warning) Anything in excess of 150% MTF Dismissal 87 Academic Warning / Financial Aid Warning in the previous term they would be dismissed. 4. Students may not attempt more than 150% of the credits in their programs; anything in excess of 150% of the credits will result in dismissal. 5. Students should note that if they are on Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning, it will be very difficult to meet the minimum requirements of the next evaluation point. Students should consult with their academic advisor concerning the exact requirements. 6. Students attending certificate or diploma programs may take transitional study courses. Please note that dismissals can be appealed. Please see the Appeal Process below. Degree Programs 1. At the end of the first quarter, students must achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.0 and an ICR of 33.33% (transitional study courses do not impact GPA or ICR so they are exempt from the calculation). Anything below these milestones will result in Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning for one quarter. If a student has only attempted transitional studies the student is considered to be making SAP unless the student attempts and does not successfully complete the same transitional study course three times. 2. At the end of the second quarter, students must achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.0 and an ICR of 33.33% for all courses that are not transitional studies. Anything below these milestones will result in Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning for one quarter if the student had not been on Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning in the previous term. However, if the student was on Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning in the previous term, the student will be dismissed. If a student has only attempted transitional studies the student is considered to be making SAP unless the student attempts and does not successfully complete the same transitional study course three times. 3. At the end of the third quarter, students must attain a minimum CGPA of 1.25 and an ICR of 50 %. Anything below these milestones will result in Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless the student was on Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning in the previous term. If the student was on Academic Warning / Financial Aid Warning in the previous term they would be dismissed. If a student has only attempted transitional studies the student is considered to be making SAP unless the student attempts and does not successfully complete the same transitional study course three times. 4. At the end of the fourth and at the end of the fifth quarter, students must have a CGPA of at least 1.5, and an ICR above 50%, Anything below these milestones will result in Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless the student was on Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning in the previous term. If the student was on Academic Warning / Financial Aid Warning in the previous term they would be dismissed. 5. Students should note that if they are on Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning, it could be very difficult to meet the minimum requirements of the next measuring point. Students should consult with their academic advisor concerning the exact requirements. 6. At the end of the sixth quarter and thereafter, students must accomplish a minimum CGPA of 2.0 and an ICR of 66.67%. Anything below these milestones will result in Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless the student was on Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning in the previous term. If the student was on Academic Warning / Financial Aid Warning in the previous term they would be dismissed. 7. Students may not attempt more than 150% of the credits in their programs; anything in excess of 150% of the credits will result in dismissal. 8. Transitional Studies Courses are based on the results of the academic placement test. Like any course, students must successfully complete such courses in order to progress in the program. Transitional Studies Course credits do not count towards the total number of credits for graduation nor do they count in the CGPA or ICR; however, they do count in determining the maximum time frame in terms of credits attempted and credits earned. Transitional Studies/ Remedial courses do have credit hours assigned to them for enrollment and tuition charging purposes. Transitional Studies Courses may be individually attempted no more than three times. Failing or withdrawing from a transitional studies course three times will result in dismissal. Students on Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning are considered to be making progress towards meeting SAP and if otherwise eligible, can be eligible for Financial aid. The grades, GPA and cumulative data for all courses a student attempted at the institution as well as courses successfully transferred in from prior postsecondary education are available on the student portal for their review. There is also an indication if a student is on Academic Warning/ Financial Aid Warning or Academic Probation/ Financial Aid Probation or is terminated. Appeal Process for Academic Probation/ Financial Aid Probation The process to appeal allows the student to request the opportunity to appeal a dismissal in writing; the reason for the appeal must be the result of mitigating circumstances; and documentation supporting a claim of mitigating circumstances must be provided and retained. The result of the appeal (appeal granted or appeal denied) must be provided to the student and catalogued in the Student Information System as well as the student’s academic file. As part of the appeal the student must document in writing why he or she did not meet SAP and what in the student’s situation has changed that will allow he or she to meet SAP according to a written academic plan. If the student’s appeal (see appeal policy below) is granted, he or she will be placed on Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation for one or two quarters. For students in a certificate/diploma program they will only have one quarter of Academic/Financial Probation due to the shorter length of the program. For associates degree or higher programs, if the student and the institution agrees to a twoterm Academic/Financial Aid Probation the student must agree with and sign a written academic plan developed and approved by the institution which documents that he or she will be required to attain CGPA and ICR milestones by the next evaluation point (term) but they must be meeting SAP at the end of the second term. A student not meeting the conditions of their plan at the end of the first quarter will be dismissed. If the student is meeting their academic plan at the end of the first term, they will stay on Academic/Financial Aid Probation. Student is eligible to receive Title IV aid while on Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation if he or she is otherwise eligible. Failure to meet the minimum CGPA and ICR milestones following the Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation period(s) will result in a permanent dismissal. If a student appeals and is denied the appeal, he or she must remain out of school until one year after the quarter in which the appeal was denied. The student may then request an additional appeal for reinstatement, but would have to demonstrate academic accomplishments or changes that show a degree of college readiness that reliably predict success. After being out of school, the applicant will have to meet the appeal requirements as stated in the first paragraph including describing why the student failed to meet satisfactory academic progress before and what has changed to ensure that he or she will be able to meet satisfactory academic progress if re-admitted. Should the student have his or her appeal denied a second time, the student will be permanently dismissed from the Institute. Following is a comprehensive list of events that indicate there may be a Mitigating Circumstance which has negatively impacted academic progress: • Death of an immediate family member • Student illness requiring hospitalization (this includes mental health issues) • Illness of an immediate family member where the student is a primary caretaker • Illness of an immediate family member where the family member is the primary financial support • Abusive relationships • Divorce proceedings • Previously undocumented disability • Work-related transfer during the term • Change in work schedule during the term • Natural disaster • Family emergency • Financial hardship such as foreclosure or eviction • Loss of transportation where there are no alternative means of transportation • Documentation from the School Counselor and/or a Professional Counselor Deans of Academic Affairs are responsible for determining the appropriateness of the mitigating circumstance in regards to severity, timeliness, and the student’s ability to avoid the circumstance. Student life issues and making the transition to college are not considered mitigating circumstances under this policy. Documentation from the SAP program or professional counselor should not breach the student/counselor relationship and should THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA remain confidential. A memorandum or letter on school or organizational letterhead indicating a counselor’s opinion that student issues may be accommodated to ensure that the student will be able to meet satisfactory academic progress will suffice as proof of mitigating circumstances as well as a student’s ability to meet satisfactory academic progress with accommodations from the institution. Students are NOT allowed to appeal dismissals for violating the 150% completion rate. A student who attempts but does not pass the same remedial course three times is dismissed and there is not a right to appeal the termination. Students dismissed for failing the transitional courses three times may reapply for reinstatement once these courses and the college level equivalents are completed and are submitted on an official accredited institutions transcript as part of the reinstatement appeal. The Metrics of SAP Academic Grading System Academic Grading System The grading system incorporates letter grades, equivalent numeric values and letter codes as follows: Letter Grade Quality Points A4.0 A-3.7 B+3.4 B3.0 B-2.7 C+2.4 C2.0 C-1.7 D+1.4 D1.0 F 0.0 * *F does compute in GPA and CGPA and does count as credit attempted. Other Grade Codes worth Zero Quality Points: • CR = Credit through examination. Credits Earned/TR grade does not affect ICR/CGPA. • I = Incomplete. Affects ICR/MTF/ CGPA (Computes as an F). • S = Suspension. Affects ICR/MTF/ CGPA (Computes as an F). • NP = Not passing/Fail. Does not affect ICR/ CGPA. This grade designation is utilized to indicate that a student did not acceptably complete a non credited course. • P = Proficiency Credit by Exam or Portfolio. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. • PA = Pass. This grade designation is utilized to indicate that a student acceptably completed a non credited course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. • SP or SA = Satisfactory/Pass. This grade designation is utilized to indicate that a student acceptably completed a non credited course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. • T = Termination from course. Affects ICR/MTF/CGPA (Computes as an F). unsuccessfully completed a non-credited course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. • WV = Waiver. Commonly used when waiving a remedial courses and does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. • WX = Course was registered for but never attended. Self-explanatory and does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. Students receive grades at the end of each quarter including midquarter The grade report contains both the grade point average for the quarter (GPA) and cumulative grade point average (CGPA) for the program. When a course is repeated after failure, the grade earned upon repeating the class replaces the original grade in determining the grade point average, though the failing grade will still appear on the transcript. Repeating Courses Grades earned in repeated courses will replace grades of ‘F’, ‘W’, or ‘WF’. Course credits with grades of ‘F’,’ W’, or ‘WF’ are included in the maximum time frame (MTF) and incremental completion rate (ICR) requirements as credits attempted but not earned. Students with incomplete grades will receive an ‘F’ if a grade change is not submitted by the end of the second week of the following term. The grade ‘I’ indicates Incomplete and is calculated as if it is an ‘F’ until it is changed to another grade and the course will be included as course credits attempted, but not earned. Students may also retake classes in which they received a passing grade in order to improve their CGPA but can retake a course passed only one additional time. Credits from all repeated courses are included as credits attempted. Changed Grade When a final course grade has been established and recorded in the student record, the grade may not be changed without approval by both the Academic Department Director and the Dean of Academic Affairs. Only the final grade (not the original grade/code) will be computed in the grade point average. The final grade is the one that counts in the calculation. Calculations The Art Institutes International Minnesota measures and records academic performance by computing the Grade Point Average (GPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) for each student, using the letter grades, four-point scale and credit-hour values. GPA is the average of grade points a student earns during one quarter. CGPA is the cumulative average of all grade points a student has earned over all quarters at The Art Institute. Here is an example of how GPA and CGPA are computed: Imagine that a student is taking a total of two courses during one quarter. One course has a four credit hours value and the student earns an A. The second course has a three credit hour value and the student earns a B. Remember, each letter grade carries a grade point value. Grade point values are multiplied by credit hours. • TR = External Transfer Credit. Grade designation utilize for transfer credits. This does not affect CGPA. They do impact ICR and MTF. In this example: A = 4 grade points x 4 credit hours = 16 grade points earned B = 3 grade points x 3 credit hours = 9 grade points earned • U = Unsatisfactory. Indicates that a student To compute the GPA, divide the total number of grade points earned for the quarter by the total number of credit hours earned for the quarter. In this example: 16 grade points + 9 grade points = 25 total grade points 25 grade points earned divided by 7 total hours earned = student’s GPA for the quarter, 3.57, which is rounded to 3.6. A student’s CGPA is computed in the same way by dividing the student’s total grade points earned from all quarters/semester at The Art Institute by the student’s total credit hours earned from all quarters at The Art Institute. (The CGPA is calculated by rounding up to the nearest tenth if the last digit is 5 or greater. It is rounded down to the nearest tenth of the last digit if the last digit is less than 5. Example: 1.95 = 2.0, 1.94 = 1.90) Incremental Completion Rate (ICR) is determined as follows (remedial credits do not count in this calculation): (Earned Credits at the institution + Transfer Credits Accepted) divided by (Attempted Credits at the institution + Transfer Credits Accepted) The 150% MTF is determined as follows: Total credits needed to graduate from the program x 1.5 = Total number of credits allowed to attempt. Transfer Students Transfer credits from other post-secondary institutions are calculated in the maximum time frame allowable credits and incremental completion rate requirements. Therefore, the maximum number of attempted credits for a student with transfer credit is still one and one-half times the number of credits required to complete a program for graduation. Example: if a student transfers in 36 credits to a program consisting of 180 credits, the calculation would be 180 X 1.5 = 270 credits. Therefore, the 36 transfer credits would be considered attempted and earned so only 234 more credits could be attempted. Grades for credits transferred in from any post-secondary institution (including an Art Institute) will be recorded as “TR” in the Student Information System and will not affect the student’s CGPA. Students wishing to transfer from one Art Institute to another may do so only if they are in good standing at the sending school. If the student is transferring to a different institution (as defined by the Department of Education), then he or she is treated as a student transferring in from an unaffiliated institution. Any student dismissed for violation satisfactory academic progress cannot transfer or be considered a New student (if they had a break in enrollment) at another Art Institute until he or she has been granted an appeal at the original school and is deemed to be making satisfactory academic progress. Changes in Program Students are allowed only one change of program and must be making satisfactory academic progress at the time a request is made to change programs. Courses taken in one program that is applicable to the second program will be transferred 89 with the applicable grade. If the student has taken a course more than once, only the grades transferred to that new program will apply to the second program. All grades earned in the original program that apply to the new program will count towards the CGPA. For ICR and 150% purposes only, those courses transferred will apply to the second program will be considered. In the formulas below, the “Change of Major” adjustment factor would be those credits from the previous major that we will NOT count in the student’s current major. Incremental Completion Rate is determined as follows (remedial credits do not count in this calculation): [(Earned Credits in the New Program + Transfer Credits Accepted) minus Change of Major Adjustment Factor for Earned Credits] divided by [(Attempted Credits in the New Program + Transfer Hours Accepted) minus Change of Major Adjustment Factor for Earned Credits.] The 150% MTF is determined as follows: Total credits needed in the program to graduate times 1.5 = MTF. Second Degree When a student has graduated from The Art Institutes International Minnesota in one program, then subsequently begins work in a different program, grades used in the CGPA of the previous program will not be applied to the student’s new program CGPA calculation. The grades will be recorded as TR. GRADING QUARTER CREDIT HOUR DEFINITION A quarter credit hour is an amount of work represented in intended learning outcomes and verified by evidence of student achievement that is an institutionally established equivalency that reasonably approximates not less than: 1. One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours of out-of-class, student work each week for 10-12 weeks, or the equivalent amount of work over a different amount of time; or 2. At least an equivalent amount of work as required in paragraph (1) of this definition for other academic activities as established by the institution including laboratory work, internships, studio work, and other academic work leading to the award of credit hours. INCOMPLETE GRADE POLICY The Art Institutes International Minnesota does not give grades of incomplete. GRADE CHANGE REQUESTS A formal request for a grade review must be made by the student to the Academic Director and approved by the Dean of Academic Affairs no later than Week 2 of the quarter following the quarter in which the grade was earned. TRANSFER OF CREDIT Transfer Credits reduce the total number of credits that must be attempted within the program. Students who intend to have previous college courses evaluated for transfer of credit must provide official transcripts. The Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves the right to accept or deny transfer of credit based on the guidelines listed below. TRANSCRIPTS Official transcripts must be sent to the Admissions Office of the admitting Art Institute within 30 days of the students first quarter of attendance. Transcripts submitted after the student’s first quarter of attendance at The Art Institutes International Minnesota may be considered for transfer credit at the discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs. TRANSFER OF CREDIT POST MATRICULATION Transfer credit after matriculation must be completed prior to the student’s final term of study. Credits from other institutions taken after matriculation at The Art Institutes International Minnesota are accepted under the following agreement: • The student must be enrolled at The Art Institutes International Minnesota and in good academic standing during the same quarter in which a course is taken outside the school-concurrent enrollment. • The student must have approval from the Academic Director or the Dean of Academic Affairs PRIOR to taking a course. For General Education it needs to fit within the General Education requirement of the student’s program. • One course per quarter maximum is allowed, except if there is prior approval from the Academic Director or the Dean of Academic Affairs. • The course must be passed with a grade of ‘C’ or better. • The grade will not be factored into the CGPA. The student’s record will reflect a “TR” grade. • Credit will be awarded for the course when documentation is produced that the course was successfully completed. • Courses must be taken as they pertain to the normal time sequence within the student’s department. • Concurrent enrollment courses taken during the last quarter of enrollment at The Art Institutes International Minnesota will not be allowed. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS The official descriptions of the courses submitted for transfer credit must be comparable to the coursework at the college. Official course descriptions from the sending college or a college catalog will be used to determine comparability and must be received within 30 days of the students first quarter of attendance. LEVEL OF TRANSFER CREDITS Only college-level credits (1000 level course or equivalent) taken at an accredited institution of higher education will be considered for transfer. No remedial courses will be considered. GRADES IN TRANSFER COURSES The course(s) must be passed with a grade of “C” or better. The student’s record at The Art Institutes International Minnesota will reflect a “TR” grade. The grade will not be factored into the GPA or the CGPA. Note: Pass/Fail grades will not be considered for transfer of credit. COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) While the college does not offer the opportunity to take a CLEP test on campus, the college will accept previous testing. Official documents must be received by The Art Institutes International Minnesota within 30 days of the students first quarter of attendance. A minimum score of “50” on the CLEP test is required. ADVANCED PLACEMENT (AP) AND INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE (IB) The Art Institutes International Minnesota accepts both AP and IB credits. Official documents must be received by The Art Institute within 30 days of the students first quarter of attendance. A minimum score “3” is required for acceptance of AP credit. A minimum score of “4” at the Higher Level (HL) is required for the acceptance of IB credit. TIMELINESS OF COURSEWORK Courses require relevancy and currency. Decisions on the appropriateness of transfer for these types of courses will be at the discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs. ALLOWABLE TOTAL TRANSFER OF CREDIT Students may be granted transfer of credit for as much as 75 percent of the total program credits required for graduation. Students must earn in residency a minimum of 25 percent of the total program credits required for graduation. Due to regulatory considerations, at some Art Institutes the minimum percentage of total program credits that must be earned in residency may vary from the standard above. APPEALING TRANSFER OF CREDIT If a student wishes to appeal the decision for transfer of credit he or she must complete an official written request form, a Petition for Re-Evaluation, from the Registrar’s office, Academic Advising, or the Admissions office. The re-evaluation form requires that the student attach a copy of the transcript in question. The re-evaluation process may also require that a student provide additional information such as course descriptions, syllabi or course competencies. The reevaluation of any transcript is final. TRANSFER CREDIT UPON REENTRY TO THE INSTITUTION Requests for transfer of credit from accredited institutions of higher education, for a course taken while a student was not in attendance at The Art Institutes International Minnesota, but after a student’s initial matriculation at The Art Institutes International Minnesota, may be made in writing to the Dean of Academic Affairs. Transfer Credit may be awarded if all other criteria for transfer of credit are met. TRANSFER OF CREDIT FOR SECOND DEGREE BY GRADUATES OF The Art Institutes International Minnesota Graduates of The Art Institutes International Minnesota may return for another degree or certificate. The student will be considered a new student and all enrollment procedures will apply. However, as a graduate of The Art Institutes International Minnesota, coursework taken at The Art Institutes International Minnesota as documented in an official transcript will be evaluated for transfer credit. Courses with an earned grade of “D” or higher will be considered for transfer of credit. This will only apply to The Art Institutes International THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA Minnesota graduates and courses taken at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. RE-EVALUATION OF TRANSFER OF CREDIT AFTER A CHANGE OF PROGRAM A student petitioning to transfer from one program to another within The Art Institutes International Minnesota must obtain approval from the Academic Director of the department from which the student is transferring. The student’s coursework and earned credits will be reviewed for applicability to the new program. Only those credits required for graduation in the new program will be transferred to the new program and counted toward graduation. Students who change programs will be held accountable to the new program’s academic standards. In the case of a milestone course, a grade of “C” or above must be earned or the student will be required to re-take the course. Only one change of program is allowed per student. Note: Students may not enroll in two programs at the same time; a double program is not allowed. Students may complete one course of study and then transfer credits to a second program. PROFICIENCY TEST OUT FOR CREDIT Students who intend to test out of a course must follow The Art Institutes International Minnesota guidelines and procedures. The Dean of Academic Affairs has the right to accept or deny a student’s request to test out. A student may test out of a course if they feel they have acquired the course competencies through skills, knowledge and/or experience. A student may only test out of a maximum of three courses; each test out must be completed by Week 8 of the first quarter of attendance. A student may not be registered and sitting in a class in which they wish to take a test-out exam. Students may choose to drop the course during the schedule adjustment period, in which case the test out can occur during the quarter. A student who has failed or withdrawn from a course with a “WF”, “F” or “W” cannot attempt to test out of the course later. TEST OUT PROCEDURE Students who intend to test out of a course must follow The Art Institutes International Minnesota guidelines and procedures. The Dean of Academic Affairs has the right to accept or deny a student’s request to test out. A student may test out of a course if they feel they have acquired the course competencies through skills, knowledge and/or experience. A student may only test out of a maximum of three courses; each test out must be completed by Week 8 of the first quarter of attendance. A student may not be registered and sitting in a class in which they wish to take a test-out exam. Students may choose to drop the course during the schedule adjustment period, in which case the test out can occur during the quarter. A student who has failed or withdrawn from a course with a “WF”, “F” or “W” cannot attempt to test out of the course later. TRANSFER OF CREDITS TO OTHER INSTITUTIONS The Art Institutes International Minnesota is accredited by the Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools to award certificates, associate’s and bachelor’s degrees. The Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools is listed as a nationally recognized accrediting agency by the United States Department of Education and is recognized by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation. ACICS can be contacted at 750 First Street NE, Suite 980, Washington, D.C. 20002. Telephone: 1.202.336.6780. The Art Institute International Minnesota is registered as a private institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education (1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, St. Paul, MN 55108, 1.651.642.0567, www.ohe.state.mn.us) pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. However, the fact that a school is accredited is not necessarily an indication that credits earned at that school will be accepted by another school. In the U.S. higher education system, transferability of credit is determined by the receiving institution, taking into account such factors as course content, grades, and accreditation. The goal of The Art Institutes International Minnesota is to help students to prepare for entry-level employment in your chosen field of study. The value of degree programs like those offered by The Art Institutes International Minnesota is their deliberate focus on marketable skills. The credits earned are not intended as a stepping stone for transfer to another institution. For this reason, it is unlikely that the academic credits you earn at The Art Institutes International Minnesota will transfer to another school. If you are considering transferring to either another Art Institutes school or an unaffiliated school, it is your responsibility to determine whether that school will accept your Art Institutes International Minnesota credits. We encourage you to make this determination as early as possible. The Art Institutes International Minnesota does not imply, promise, or guarantee transferability of its credits to any other institution. REGISTRATION REGISTRATION PROCEDURES Registration at The Art Institutes International Minnesota occurs on a quarterly basis and begins Week 4 of each quarter. Registration is on a first come first serve basis based on the number of earned credits. HOLDS Students should ensure that they have no holds. Students are informed of holds through their Student Portal account. Holds are unresolved issues with Financial Aid (SFS), Accounting (ACC), Admissions (ADM), Registrar (REG), Library (LRC), Advisors (ADV) or Academic Directors (ADD). Holds are for urgent matters that require attention. The department that places a student on hold is available to assist the student in resolving the issue. The student should immediately contact the department to clear the hold. Holds prevent students from borrowing material from the library, checking out equipment from the Cage, and obtaining official transcripts. REGISTRATION STEPS Students have two choices for registration: online through Student Portal accounts or in person with Academic Advisors or Academic Directors. The following chart provides students the appropriate steps to take to ensure timely registration. Steps for Registration: Week 4 1. Advisors will email out a copy of the available courses for the next term. The schedule is also posted on https://mycampus.artinstitutes. edu/portal/server.pt? 2. Review degree audits through Student Portal accounts to verify what required courses are needed. Consult the current catalog to verify that prerequisites have been met. 3. Meet with the program Academic Advisor to plan the appropriate courses for the next quarter. 4. Check Student Portal account for any holds and resolve those holds with the appropriate department. 5. Attend a Registration workshop or see an Advisor to learn how to use the online registration system. Week 5 1. Registration begins and is offered on a “first come first served” basis according to the number of earned credits: early registration allows more options for course times and availability. 2. See the program Academic Advisor in person or log into Student Portal accounts and use the self registration tool. 3. If using the self registration tool, after registering, log out of the student portal and then log back in, select the registration button, and click on the schedule button to verify that the registration was accepted. Also please verify proper course selection with the Academic Advisor for the program. TAKING MORE THAN 16 CREDITS Students may request to take more than 16 credits by contacting their Academic Director. To make this request the student must be in good academic standing. The final decision will be made by the Dean of Academic Affairs. OFFICIAL SCHEDULE Students must pick up official schedules the first week of every quarter. Official schedules are required to attend classes. The official schedule is the only schedule that will list room numbers, faculty and official course meeting times. The official schedule also contains the academic quarter calendar of important dates which includes the schedule adjustment period, registration, days off, start and end dates. Faculty members are required to ask students for official schedules for class admittance. Any class on a student’s official schedule is a class that they are officially registered for and thus, tuition is charged. Note: If a student is uncertain about the information listed on the Official schedule the student should see the Registrar’s office or Academic Advisor within the schedule adjustment period. SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD A student may add or drop a course up until the end of the published schedule adjustment period for the quarter. This date is listed on the 91 student’s official schedule. When a student makes an adjustment during this time period, they are not charged for the course and it does not appear on an official transcript. Course changes during this time period must be made with one of the Academic Advisors. Failure to attend a course in the first week of the term does not result in the course being dropped from a student’s schedule. Any course remaining on the student’s enrollment registration at the end of schedule adjustment period will be subject to a tuition charge, and the course remains on the student’s transcript. WITHDRAWING FROM A COURSE It is the responsibility of the student to withdraw from courses in writing, using a course withdrawal form, which may be obtained from the Registrar’s Office or from the appropriate Academic Advisor. A student who withdraws from a course during the second through ninth week of the quarter will be assigned a “W” code for each course. The “W” code is not used in the computation of the student’s grade point average. A student who withdrawals after the 9th week will receive a “WF” code. The “WF” code is calculated as an “F” into the student’s GPA. A student who drops a course after the schedule adjustment period through the end of the quarter will be charged the full course tuition rate. INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY Technology is a tool that students are expected to utilize. Students must have access to computes and the internet to complete many required course assignments. The Student Portal The Student Portal provides access to school email accounts, web site space, and academic records. It is the responsibility of students to check their email accounts for important school information. To access Student Portal accounts, go to myaicampus.com. Student Portal usernames and passwords are used to access the Internet and wifi on campus. eCompanion eCompanion is an electronic classroom that is accessed through the Student Portal. eCompanion allows access to syllabi, grades, and eBooks, and enables the posting of assignments. To access eCompanion, log in to the Student Portal, and click on the class title; this will provide the link to the eCompanion home screen. Digital Resources eBooks are electronic books that serve as textbooks for many on-campus and online courses. Students are charged a Digital Resource fee for a course that has an eBook. This fee is non-negotiable. eBooks are accessed through the Student Portal. Students click on the link “to my on-campus classes” and are directed to their eCompanion site. Once in the electronic classroom, students click on the Digital Resource link. This directs students to Vital Source; students should set up a Vital Source account to access their eBooks. eBooks may be downloaded to up to two non-campus devices. See tutorials in the Student Portal for further information. ONLINE COURSES REGISTERING FOR ONLINE COURSES Registration for online classes opens during the same time as registration for on-ground classes. Deadlines for registering for online courses differ from those on campus courses; please see the program Academic Advisor for specific deadlines. There are two online course sessions within an academic quarter, as defined by The Art Institute of Pittsburgh -- Online Division. Each session will run for 5 1/2 weeks during any 11 week quarter. To register for an online class, fill out an Online Registration Packet and receive approval from the Academic Director and/or Academic Advisor to take an online class, and return the Online Registration Packet by the specified deadline to the Academic Advisor. Upon evaluation of the registration form, the Academic Advisor will either send a registration confirmation email to the student or a registration denial email stating the reason(s) for the denial. All students new to the online program are required to take the PLUS Readiness Survey, located on the myaicampus.com student portal. Students are not allowed to take only one Session I online class without also registering for a Session II online class or an on-campus course. Students are not allowed to take a course in Session I that is a pre-requisite to the class they are registered for in Session II. A prerequisite must be completed the quarter before a student is registered for the follow up course. Students in the online PLUS program are allowed to take up to 49% of their total program credits through the online program. Note: International students holding nonimmigrant visa status must contact the Dean of Student Affairs before commencing online study as there are certain immigration regulations restricting participation in online courses. TEXTBOOKS FOR ONLINE CLASSES Once registered for an online course(s), the student will need to determine if there are required eBook(s) or hard copy textbook(s)for the class(es) in which he or she is enrolled. If your class requires an eBook, the book will be located in your online classroom once the class starts. You will be able to download a copy of the book on up to two computers. There is a Digital Resource fee associated with all eBooks that can be included in financial aid. Required hard copy textbooks for online courses are ordered online or can be purchased at a local bookstore if in stock. Information will be sent to the student in the registration confirmation e-mail regarding the requirements for eBook(s) and hard copy textbook(s). Required hard copy textbooks must be ordered and if necessary, delivered to the student’s home. It is the student’s responsibility to allow adequate time for book(s) to be ordered and delivered. TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS FOR ONLINE CLASSES Each online class may require the student to have access to and be proficient with various hardware and software applications. It is the student’s responsibility to meet these requirements. For a full listing of software and hardware by class, you may contact the Academic Advisor or go to http://www.aionline.edu/catalog. It is also the students’ responsibility to keep their hardware and software up-to-date. If there are any technological problems, content issues, or trouble accessing the online platform, students are encouraged to contact Student Technical Support Services, the 24-hour/7day a week help-line at 1-866-642-2711. REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPATION IN ONLINE COURSES • Access to the required computer equipment and software needed for the online course • No financial holds on student account • Successful completion of the PLUS Readiness Survey • An ACCUPLACER, SAT or ACT score places the student in the college level English course. Students that place into Transitional English must first complete that course before taking any further online courses. COMPANION COURSE REQUIREMENT Students taking any program-specific (non General Education) course online must also register for and complete the one-credit oncampus companion course. These companion courses take place the second half of the quarter. The dates are published in the Online Registration Packet. These dates are not flexible. Students must attend the dates as scheduled. SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD FOR ONLINE COURSES The schedule adjustment period for first session online classes and companion classes is concurrent with the schedule adjustment period for on-campus classes, typically during the first week of the quarter. Please refer to the official schedule for exact dates. The session II online classes schedule adjustment period runs until Monday of week 7. During the schedule adjustment period a student may void their online session II course. There are financial repercussions for voiding a session II online class; students should consult with their Financial Aid Officer. Students who choose to withdraw or void a session II online class and who are not concurrently enrolled in another class (on-ground or online) will be withdrawn. Voiding an online session II course is done through the Academic Advisor and completing the Schedule Adjustment Form. A student may not withdraw from a course after a final grade has been submitted. REFUND POLICY FOR ONLINE COURSE WITHDRAWAL The process for withdrawing from a Session I or Session II online course after the schedule adjustment period is the same as for withdrawing from an on-campus class. Students wishing to withdraw from an online class after the schedule adjustment period will receive a “W” or “WF” for the class and will be charged full price in accordance with the college’s policy on course withdrawal. TUITION FOR ONLINE COURSES Tuition for an online course is the same as a standard course. COURSE SCHEDULING, SEQUENCING AND TITLES The Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves the right to alter or change course titles, course content, or the sequencing of classes, subject to regulatory approval, at any time necessary for the purpose of enhancing the education program. The current Academic Course catalog holds the most current course numbers, course titles, course descriptions and prerequisites. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA Please note that course schedules are subject to change without notice. Classes are dependent on enrollment and may be cancelled or rescheduled. Please maintain contact with Academic Advisors as they will be in touch with students through email to reschedule a cancelled class. The curriculum at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is organized to develop and build students’ knowledge and skills in a reasonable progression. To ensure that this occurs, some courses have a prerequisite course, which is a required course that must be completed before a student is allowed to take another course. For example, the prerequisite for English II is English I. That means a student must successfully complete English I before being allowed to enroll in English II. These prerequisite courses are indicated in the course descriptions in the catalog. COURSE NUMBERING The first two digits of the code refer to the program for that course. For example, in GE2411, the GE represents General Education. For a complete list of the program abbreviations refer to the program curriculum listings in this catalog. The following 4 digits represent other information. The first number designates the level of the course; the range is 1-4. A number of 1 or 2 represent lower level courses intended to be taken within the students first academic year and a half. Numbers 3 or 4 represent upperlevel courses that are intended for student to take in the second half of their education. While a course may not have a prerequisite the level of the course does indicate a level of academic preparedness a student should have before taking a course. The Academic Director or Academic Advisor may use their best judgment in determining if a student has completed an adequate percentage of lower level course work before allowing registration for upper level courses. The 2nd number of the course code represents the number of credits in the course. The last 2 digits of the course code are used to identify the specific class. ACADEMIC CALENDAR The Art Institutes International Minnesota runs on a quarter calendar. Quarters are 11 weeks in length, and are designated Fall, Winter, Spring and Summer. It is expected that students will maintain their enrollment throughout four quarters. Breaks are scheduled between each term. The normal schedule allows three-week breaks in study following Fall and Spring Quarters, and one-week breaks in study following Winter and Summer Quarters. Students choosing to take a term off are put in an “out of school” status, which has financial aid implications. A current academic calendar is located on the Registrar’s website at http://aim. aiiresources.com/departments/registrar/ calendar/ as well as in this catalog. COURSE LOAD Based on credit hours, course load is defined as follows: credit hours in an academic quarter Less than half time: The student is enrolled in 4 credit hours in an academic quarter REPEATING COURSES Every course for which a student receives a grade of “F,’’ “W,’’ or “WF” must be repeated and completed with a passing grade prior to his or her final quarter of study. A grade of “C-“ or below in program milestone/capstone courses indicates that the courses must be repeated and completed with a passing grade prior to his or her final quarter of study. The original grade/code and the subsequent passing grade(s) will remain on the record for reference purposes. However, when a course is successfully repeated, only the passing grade (not the original grade/code) will be computed in the grade point average. Tuition is charged for repeated courses. When a final course grade has been established and recorded in the student’s record, the grade may only be changed with the approval of the Academic Director and the Dean of Academic Affairs. TRANSITIONAL STUDIES Transitional Mathematics and English courses are designed to allow students to master basic mathematical and English skills needed to succeed in all coursework at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Transitional studies courses prepare students for college level requirements in English and Mathematics. All students who do not achieve the standardized placement scores for collegelevel English and Mathematics must complete the transitional studies courses with a grade of “C” or higher. Students must successfully complete the transitional studies courses in no more than three attempts. Non-completion of a transitional studies course in three attempts is grounds for academic termination. Transitional studies course credits do not count towards the total number of credits for graduation nor do they count in the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA). However, they do count in determining the maximum time frame toward degree completion and the Incremental Completion Rate (ICR). CHANGE OF PROGRAM A student may change his or her program at any point of his or her enrollment while in good academic standing. Students will be allowed only one change of program. Grades from courses taken in a program at the same Art Institute, if applicable to a transfer program, will be recorded and will affect the student’s CGPA. In cases in which a student has graduated from the college in one program, and then subsequently begins work in a different program, grades used in the CGPA of the previous program will not be applied to the student’s new program CGPA calculation. Those courses transferred will apply to the new program of study for ICR purposes only. Full-time: The student is enrolled in 12 credit hours or more in an academic quarter The maximum allowable time frame shall be calculated as the total number of credits in the program minus the number of credits applied to the new program of study multiplied by 150%. Example: If a student transfers 36 credits to a new program consisting of 180 credits, the calculation would be 180 - 36 = 144 X 150% = 216 credits. Half-time: The student is enrolled in 8 Second example: If a student earned 36 credits Full-load: The student is enrolled in 16 credit hours in an academic quarter in the original program that are applicable to the new program, but transfers 48 credits due to repeating failed classes, then the maximum allowable time frame is reduced to 198 credits. Courses that apply to the second program of study will be recorded as earned credit and will affect the student’s CGPA. For ICR purposes, earned credit applied to the new program will reduce the total number of credits that must be attempted within the program. Therefore, the maximum allowable credits are one and one-half times the number of credits remaining to complete for graduation. Students who change programs and students who change session times within the same program must complete a Change of Program Form, which must be filed in the student’s academic file. EXTERNAL TRANSFERS TRANSFERRING TO ANOTHER EDMC SCHOOL If a student wishes to transfer to another Art Institutes school, he or she should contact the Assistant Director of Re-Admissions at the college they intend to attend. The Assistant Director of Re-Admissions will assist the student in transferring to the new college. The Student should also contact their Academic Advisor at The Art Institutes International Minnesota to discuss the transfer and complete a Change of Enrollment form. A student who has been terminated and wishes to transfer to another Art Institutes school must appeal his/her dismissal at the originating school and be granted reinstatement prior to the transfer. WITHDRAWING FROM THE COLLEGE To withdraw from The Art Institutes International Minnesota, students must request a Change of Enrollment form from the college Registrar or Academic Advisor. The form allows the student to formally state his or her intention to leave the institution, and requires the student to obtain signatures from the following: Academic Director, Financial Aid, Accounting, Library, Technology, Readmissions, and Housing (if applicable). International Students must also meet with the International Student Advisor If the student drops/withdraws from the college completely, federal and state refund policies are in place and the student may be refunded partial tuition. For specific information, contact the Accounting department. CHANGE OF STATUS Once enrolled, a student is assumed to be in continuous enrollment and attendance and to be making satisfactory academic progress until graduation. The student who alters this academic progression in any manner is considered to be making a “status change” which will require approval in advance of the change. The basic status changes include: 1. A change of attendance schedule, such as part-time to full-time class attendance. 2. A change of enrollment, such as a student no longer attending classes. 3. A course change, addition, or deletion. 4. A major change from one program of study to another program of study (internal transfer) such as a change from Web Design & Interactive Media to Graphic Design. 93 5. Transferring from one Art Institutes location to another Art Institutes location (external transfer). RE-ADMISSIONS PROCEDURES Any student who has left the college for any time period must go through the formal re-entry process. To begin the process, the student must meet with the college’s Assistant Director of ReAdmission. The Assistant Director of Re-Admission will ensure that the student’s records will be reviewed by the following school personnel: the Academic Director or Academic Advisor will review the student’s Academic Progress; Student Accounting will review for outstanding balances; if applicable, reviews will also be done by Financial Aid and Housing. The Dean of Academic Affairs has the authority to grant or deny approval for re-admission. If approval is granted, the Assistant Director of Re-Admissions may proceed in the facilitation of the re-admission process. Any student who has not attended The Art Institutes International Minnesota for one or more quarters will be subject to current program requirements and standards. If students time out of all their classes or leave the institution in poor academic standing, they must first submit a written request to the Dean of Academic Affairs requesting re-admission and co-author an Academic Plan with the Academic Advisor. The Dean will review all relevant academic records, the student’s letter, and the Academic Plan when considering requests. Re-admission to The Art Institutes International Minnesota is at the discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs. Once the Dean makes the determination for re-admission, the Academic Advisor will contact the student with the decision. If the student is approved for re-admission, that student needs to contact the Assistant Director of Re-Admission. If the student request is denied by the Dean of Academic Affairs, the student must wait one calendar year to apply for re-admission again. Students taking a military leave, or who have withdrawn properly by submitting a Change of Enrollment form, and who were in good academic standing at that time, must contact the Assistant Director of Re-Admissions. The Assistant Director of Re-Admissions will facilitate the completion of enrollment agreements, meetings with a financial planner, course registration, and any other student obligations. Students who are academically terminated for violating the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy must appeal in writing to the Dean of Academic Affairs for re-admission before the start of the quarter in which he/she wishes to return. The appeal procedure described in the preceding section applies. If the appeal is granted, the reentering student will be placed on probation during the quarter of return. The student must meet the minimum standards of the SAP Policy to continue in the program. The student must successfully retake courses previously failed so that the recalculated GPA and successful completion percentage meets or exceeds the minimum requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION MISSION STATEMENT General Education at The Art Institutes International Minnesota fosters critical and creative thinking by advancing skills and understandings in: I. Communication II. Mathematics and Natural Sciences III. Social Sciences IV. Humanities The program is further committed to a continuing focus on understanding ethical behaviors and life-long learning. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS General Education Requirements for AAS Degrees All Associate in Applied Science candidates must complete 32 quarter-credits in General Education. The following distribution requirements must be satisfied: a) Communication – 12 quarter credits (8 in English Composition and 4 in Verbal Communication); b) Mathematics and Natural Sciences - at least 4 quarter credits; c) Social Sciences - at least 4 quarter credits; d) Humanities - at least four-quarter credits. Additional credits (8) must be selected from the remaining general education offerings. Transitional courses are not included in the General Education total credit requirement. General Education transfer credits will be applied, as appropriate, towards the requirements in each of the categories listed above General Education Requirements for BS or BFA Degrees All Bachelor’s degree (Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Fine Arts) candidates must complete 56 quarter-credits in General Education. The following distribution requirements must be satisfied: a) Communication - 16 quarter-credits (8 in English Composition and 4 in Verbal Communication); b) Mathematics and Natural Science - at least 8 quarter- credits; c) Social Sciences - at least 8 quarter-credits; d) Humanities - at least 8 quarter-credits. Additional general education courses must be selected for a total of 56 credits. Transitional courses are not included in the General Education total credit requirement. General Education transfer credits will be applied, as appropriate, towards the requirements in each of the categories listed above. ADDITIONAL LEARNING EXPERIENCES STUDY TRIPS The Art Institutes International Minnesota arranges study trips to local cultural and commercial sites. These visits are an integral part of each student’s training and offer a chance for valuable exposure to places and events relating to the student’s field of study. In addition to local study trips to support the curriculum, out-of-town seminars and visits may be planned in individual programs. The costs related to optional study trips are not included in regular tuition or fees. EXHIBITION OF STUDENT WORK Student artwork is important to The Art Institutes International Minnesota. It is of benefit in teaching other students and in demonstrating the nature and value of the programs. Student artwork is a basic part of the catalog, other publications, and exhibitions illustrating the programs at the college. The Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves the right to use the artwork of its students, with their permission, for such purposes. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION In order to graduate, a student must: • receive a passing grade or credit for all required course work • earn the minimum required credits for the program • achieve a minimum CGPA of 2.0 and a minimum ICR of 66.67% • meet portfolio or other requirements • participate successfully in the All College Senior Portfolio Show or the Culinary Reception, as prescribed by program of study • satisfy all financial obligations with The Art Institutes International Minnesota • complete a graduation clearance form It is the practice of The Art Institutes International Minnesota to round GPA and CGPA points to the nearest tenth percent for the purpose of determining academic progress. No more than 75% of the total required credits for graduation may be transferred from another institution. Transfer credits are not used to determine grade point average. FINAL QUARTER During the final quarter of enrollment at The Art Institutes International Minnesota graduates must complete course work by the end of Week 10. Faculty members are required to submit final graduate grades by Monday of Week 11. This ensures that all graduation requirements have been met and that the student is eligible for graduation. Students should inform their faculty members during the first week of the term that they are graduating. Faculty members will then work with the student to ensure a revised time line is developed to accommodate the shortened term. Because of the shortened term, students in their graduating quarter are not allowed to take session II online courses. CRITERIA FOR HONORS DESIGNATION To promote academic excellence and to recognize exemplary academic achievement, the following honors designations will be issued upon graduation. Students who achieve a CGPA of 3.5 or better are designated as Honor Graduates. Transitional studies classes are not considered when evaluating honors designations. PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENTS Graduating students from all programs must pass a required course in which a portfolio or final project is produced. The portfolio or project must meet the standards established by the school for entry-level employment. The portfolio, in some departments, may be evaluated by a committee. An outline of portfolio standards, projects, and general criteria is provided to students within each program through the required Portfolio or Capstone course. These portfolio requirements are periodically reviewed; The Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves the right to alter or modify the portfolio requirements at any time it is deemed to be in the best interest of graduating students to enhance their career employment potential. Students will show their portfolio or project work at the end of the quarter in which they actually graduate. PORTFOLIO REVIEW SHOW AND CULINARY RECEPTION The Art Institutes International Minnesota is proud to offer a portfolio show for its graduating students. It is intended to celebrate work and THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA accomplishments of the graduating students and to showcase their work for family, friends, staff, faculty, employers, and continuing students. Students must meet the college’s portfolio standards, develop a marketable resume, and participate in the Portfolio Review Show or Culinary Reception in order to meet The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s graduation requirements. CAREER SERVICES The Art Institutes International Minnesota maintains a complete and comprehensive Career Services Department. The department staff assists students in locating and securing part-time and freelance jobs while attending school, and full-time field-related employment upon graduation. GRADUATE EMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE The Art Institutes International Minnesota does not guarantee employment or any particular level of compensation following graduation. The Art Institutes International Minnesota does, however, offer assistance in searching for employment opportunities for qualified graduates at no additional charge. Job search directories are maintained in the Career Services Department. The college develops and maintains employer contacts through telemarketing, promotional materials, and recruiting events. Portfolio Review Shows are held to enhance employment possibilities for the graduates. Graduates who confine employment considerations to the Twin Cities area may limit the particular employment opportunities available to them. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE The Student Employment Advisor is in contact with potential employers in order to secure part-time job opportunities for in-school students. Part-time employment helps students earn extra money for supplies and incidental expenses. After the student registers with the Career Services Department, the Student Employment Advisor assists students with the identification of part-time job opportunities. The student is expected to follow up on all leads accepted and report progress to the Advisor. The student is expected to arrive on time and be dressed appropriately for scheduled interviews. GRADUATE EMPLOYMENT INFORMATION The Art Institutes International Minnesota maintains graduate placement information. For specific placement data, contact the Director of Career Services. STUDENT AFFAIRS The Art Institutes International Minnesota provides a wide variety of support services to help students complete their academic programs and reach their career goals. Student Affairs functions as a department, which extends student learning and development beyond the classroom. Of priority is the development of the whole person via integration of the student’s intellectual development, values, thoughts, emotions and actions. It is our goal not only to provide a quality environment, which meets students’ basic needs, but to also provide an array of services and programs which enhance student development and success at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. The areas within Student Affairs include student housing, support services, disability services, student health insurance, student activities encompassing clubs and organizations, programs and activities and leadership opportunities; international student advising, new student orientation and graduation. Student Affairs is continually striving to provide students with critical learning experiences to help students live as responsible members of a community, and to care for their personal, physical, emotional, spiritual and social lives. The department encourages the involvement of students, faculty and staff in activities that encourage awareness, creative expression and social and professional development. STUDENT CLUBS AND ACTIVITIES A wide variety of student clubs and organizations are present on campus and students are encouraged to become involved. Many of the student organizations directly reflect the interests of students in their chosen field of study and provide an opportunity for networking and professional development. Student organization fundraisers require approval from the Office of Student Affairs prior to the event. Students are encouraged to approach the Student Affairs staff with new ideas for student organizations. The Art Institutes International Minnesota also provides a diverse campus activities program that is designed to enhance the social, emotional, physical, and mental, well being of students. Activities offered vary by quarter, so check with the Office of Student Affairs for more information. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES Our programs and services strive to promote a healthy, equitable and positive community. Services include assessment, outreach, advocacy, referrals, crisis intervention, consultation and guidance related to student development and individual well being. All services are provided in a manner that is positive, empowering and respectful to the individual and the diversity of the community. The purpose of student support services is to provide quality, short-term, solution-focused intervention to help students alleviate academic and nonacademic life stressors and to assist them in recognizing and cultivating their own abilities and resources. Student Support Services provides assistance by utilizing a wellness approach for the student population, including: • Assistance with study habits, time management, stress management, communication, problem solving, transition to college and many other college success topics • Special events/workshops on health or wellness related subjects • Information on human services in the local area • Coordination of disability services for students who qualify in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act • Referral to short term counseling provided by the Student Assistance program for students in need of emotional support or guidance. THE STUDENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM The Student Assistance Program is a service available at no charge to students and provides confidential counseling via telephone 24 hours per day, 7 days a week. The program counselor may refer a student for limited visits with an area network mental health provider or assist the student with locating resources within the community. Through the program, students can receive assistance with issues such as budget and debt assistance, new parent transition, relationships, depression, anxiety, substance abuse, and any other relevant concerns. To schedule an appointment with Student Support Services to discuss your needs, please call 612.656.6866 or stop in the Student Affairs office located at room 209 Pence. DISABILITY SERVICES The Art Institutes International Minnesota provides accommodations to qualified students with disabilities. The Disability Services office assists qualified students with disabilities in acquiring reasonable and appropriate accommodations and in supporting equal access to services, programs and activities at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Students who seek reasonable accommodations should notify the Disabilities Services Coordinator, Valerie Johnson of their specific limitations and, if known, their specific requested accommodations. Students will be asked to supply medical documentation of the need for accommodation. Classroom accommodations are not retroactive, but are effective only upon the student sharing approved accommodations with the instructor. Therefore, students are encouraged to request accommodations as early as feasible with the Disability Services Coordinator to allow for time to gather necessary documentation. If you have a concern or complaint in this regard, please contact the Dean of Students in Room 209 Pence, telephone number 612.656.6866. Complaints will be handled in accordance with the school’s Internal Grievance Procedure for Complaints of Discrimination and Harassment. RESIDENCE LIFE AND HOUSING The Art Institutes International Minnesota serves the student by establishing a solid foundation in a community environment that enhances a student’s well being through opportunities for social interaction, programming, and services that provide for his/her basic needs. Studies show that time spent living in student housing increases your chances of success, both in the classroom and outside of it. In addition, a student can include the housing costs in his/her financial plan. The Residence Life & Housing Office is dedicated to the task of helping you meet your housing needs throughout your stay at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. The living arrangement you choose is important to your well being and success. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA STUDENT HOUSING The Art Institutes International Minnesota offers student suites at Stadium View near downtown Minneapolis. Stadium View offers 95 congenial, convenient, clean, comfortable student housing. Students living in student housing receive their own private bedroom and private bathroom. Included in the price per quarter are the following: all utilities, Internet, expanded cable with HBO, and furnishings. Furnishings for the private bedroom/ private bath option includes: • A kitchen with full-sized appliances • Full-sized beds • Two dressers and one desk plus a chair per student • Two wardrobe closets per student • One dinette table with chairs per suite • One sofa and loveseat per suite Students interested in housing must complete the Housing Application, and submit a onetime $150.00 Housing Application Payment. Once the Residence Life and Housing Office has received these items and the financial plan is finalized, the Residence Life and Housing Office begins the process of placing the student into a suite. Approximately two weeks prior to the start of the quarter, the student receives notification of housing assignment placement, move-in times and dates, as well as contact information about her/his suitemate. Students are encouraged to call suitemates in advance to coordinate sharing of the space, small appliances and electronics. Students who have a specific person they would like as a suitemate should contact the Residence Life and Housing Office at (800) 777-3643, extension 6835. INDEPENDENT HOUSING We have collected a number of Internet and publication resources that can assist students who are looking for housing outside of The Art Institutes International Minnesota student housing. This information is available in the Residence Life & Housing office. The Art Institutes International Minnesota does not endorse, screen, or recommend any specific apartment community, landlord, or apartment placement firm. Contact the Director of Residence Life at 612.656.6835 if you would like more information about student housing or independent housing. HEALTH INSURANCE All students are urged to carry a primary private insurance policy that covers comprehensive health care. The Art Institutes International Minnesota offers a student health insurance program. This program is administered by a third party provider. Information on the plan’s benefits and pricing is available in the Student Affairs Office located in 209 Pence. All international students are required to maintain health insurance at all times in case of sickness. A list of local hospitals is available in the Student Affairs office. INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADVISING The Dean of Student Affairs is the contact for all international students who hold student visas. This staff member provides procedure and policy assistance regarding nonimmigrant student visas. The Dean will advise international students in order to help them maintain compliance with Department of Homeland Security regulations and to assist in making this educational experience a positive one. STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT The Art Institutes International Minnesota promotes learning and the development of integrated, whole persons. Students may expect that the institution and all its members will treat them as adults and as full participants in the educational process. The Art Institutes International Minnesota strives to be a community characterized as thinking, caring, inclusive and active. Such a community requires that its members, having made a choice to join the community, strive to improve themselves, affirm others and actively involve themselves in enhancing the community. These ideals require that we have explicit, clear and high expectations for one another. These expectations are that: • We take responsibility for our own learning and personal development • We challenge each other to develop intellectually and ethically • We practice personal and academic integrity • We consider and seek to understand different ideas and viewpoints • We conduct ourselves with dignity and civility in our interactions with one another • We care about others’ welfare and seek to be responsive to their needs • We strive to keep one another safe from physical and emotional harm • We respect the dignity and worth of all persons • We celebrate human differences in their many forms • We confront bigotry with caring and without compromise • We respect the rights and property of others • We take responsibility for our actions, bear the consequences of those actions and learn from them • We challenge others to take responsibility for their actions, to bear the consequences and to learn from them SECTION I. GUIDING PRINCIPLES The Art Institutes International Minnesota recognizes its students as responsible and dedicated men and women who are preparing for career employment. An integral part of their career and professional development is the expectation that they conduct themselves during the education process in the same manner as will be expected in all employment situations. As members of the College community, students have responsibilities and duties commensurate with their rights and privileges. In this policy, The Art Institutes International Minnesota provides guidance to students regarding those standards of student conduct and behavior that it considers essential to its educational mission. This policy also provides guidance regarding the types of conduct that infringe upon the fulfillment of the Institute’s mission. SECTION II. SCOPE This Student Conduct Policy applies to all students and student organizations at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. SECTION III. REACH The Student Conduct Policy shall apply to student conduct that occurs on The Art Institutes International Minnesota premises including online platforms, at College-sponsored activities, student organization sponsored events or in student housing. At the discretion of the Chief Conduct Officer (Dean of Student Affairs or a delegate as appointed by the President of The Art Institutes International Minnesota), the policy also shall apply to off-campus student conduct when the conduct, as alleged, adversely affects a substantial college interest and potentially violates a campus policy. SECTION IV. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DUAL MEMBERSHIP Students are both members of The Art Institutes International Minnesota community and citizens of the state. As citizens, students are responsible to the community of which they are a part, and, as students, they are responsible to the academic community of The Art Institutes International Minnesota and to other individuals who make up the community. By enforcing its Student Conduct Policy, The Art Institutes International Minnesota neither substitutes for nor interferes with other civil or criminal legal processes. When a student is charged in both jurisdictions, The Art Institutes International Minnesota will decide on the basis of its interests, the interests of affected students, and the interests of the community whether to proceed with its disciplinary process or to defer action. SECTION V. DISCIPLINARY OFFENSES The offenses listed below are given as examples only. The Art Institutes International Minnesota may sanction other conduct not specifically included on this list. 1. Academic Dishonesty a)Plagiarism b)Cheating on assignments or examinations ; c) Engaging in unauthorized collaboration on academic work; d)Taking, acquiring or using test materials without faculty permission; e) Submitting false or incomplete records of academic achievement; f ) Altering, forging or misusing a college academic record; g)Fabricating or falsifying data, research procedures, or data analysis; h)Deceiving the college and/or its officials. 2. Illegal or Unauthorized Possession or Use of Weapons a) Possession or use of firearms, explosives, dangerous chemicals, or other weapons, likenesses of weapons, on college property or at college sponsored functions, except where possession is required by law. 3. Sexual Assault or Nonconsensual Contact a) Any form of unwanted sexual attention or unwanted sexual contact. 4. Threatening, Violent or Aggressive Conduct THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA a) Assault, battery, or any other form of physical abuse of a student or college employee; b) Fighting or physical altercation; c) Conveyance of threats by any means of communication including, but not limited to, threats of physical abuse and threats to damage or destroy college property or the property of other students or college employees. d) Any conduct that threatens the health or safety of another individual one’s own self or another individual. Threats to commit self-harm and/ or actual incidents of self-harm by any student. 5. Theft, Property Damage and Vandalism a) Theft, attempted theft, vandalism/ damage, or defacing of college property, college controlled property or the property of another student, faculty, staff member or guests. b)Extortion c) Setting fires, tampering with fire safety and/or firefighting equipment. 6. Disruptive or Disorderly Conduct a) Disruptive behavior, such as interference with the normal operations of the college (i.e., disruption of teaching and administrative functions, disciplinary procedures, pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or other college activities) b) Disruptive classroom conduct, such as, i. Engaging in behavior that substantially or repeatedly interrupts either the instructor’s ability to teach or student learning. The classroom extends to any setting where a student is engaged in work toward academic credit or satisfaction of program-based requirements or related activities; ii. Use of cell phones and pagers during scheduled classroom times. c) Disorderly Conduct, such as, i. Disorderly, lewd, indecent, or obscene conduct. This would include but is not limited to any type of clothing, gang colors, gang symbols or materials worn or brought onto the premises by any student or guest deemed to be lewd, indecent or obscene as determined by college officials. ii. Breach of peace on college property or at any collegesponsored or supervised program. iii. Any in-school or off-campus act considered inappropriate or as an example of misconduct that adversely affects the interests of The Art Institutes International Minnesota and/or its reputation. 7. Illegal or Unauthorized Possession or Use of Drugs or Alcohol a) Use, sale, possession or distribution of illegal or controlled substances, drug or drug paraphernalia on college property or at any function sponsored or supervised by the college. b) Being under the influence of illegal or controlled substances on college property, or at any college function. c) Use, sale, possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages on college property or at any function sponsored or supervised by the college. d) Being under the influence of alcohol on college property or at any college function is also prohibited. 8. Verbal Assault, Defamation and Harassment a) Verbal abuse of a student or college employee. b) Harassment by any means of any individual, including coercion and personal abuse. Harassment includes but is not limited to, written or verbal acts or uses of technology, which have the effect of harassing or intimidating a person. c) Harassment based on sex, race, color, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, age, disability or any other criteria protected by state, federal or local law. 9. Hazing a) Any form of “hazing” and any act that endangers the safety of a student, or that destroys or removes public or private property, for the purpose of initiation, admission into, affiliation with, or as a condition for continued membership in a group or organization. “Hazing” includes any method of initiation or pre-initiation into a student club or any pastime or amusement engaged in with respect to such a club that causes, or is likely to cause, bodily danger, physical harm, or personal degradation or disgrace resulting in physical or mental harm, to any student or other person attending the college. 10. Falsification Willfully providing college officials with false, misleading or incomplete information a) Forgery, falsification, alteration or misuse of college documents, records or identification with the intent to injure, defraud, or misinform. b) Violation of school safety regulations, including but not limited to setting fires, tampering with fire safety and/ or firefighting equipment, failure to exit during fire drill, turning in false fire alarms and bomb threats. 11. Abuse of The Art Institutes International Minnesota disciplinary system, including but not limited to: a) Failure to obey the summons of a disciplinary body or college official b) Falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation of information before a disciplinary body or college official. c) Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a disciplinary proceeding. d) Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a disciplinary body prior to and/or during the course of the disciplinary proceeding. e) Verbal or physical harassment and/ or intimidation of a member of a disciplinary body prior to, during, and/ or after the disciplinary proceeding. f ) Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the student conduct policy. g) Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the disciplinary system. 12. Unauthorized Use or Misuse of College Facilities a) Unauthorized entry into, unauthorized use of, or misuse of college property, including computers and data and voice communication networks. 13. Violation of Federal or State Laws a) Violation of federal, state or local laws and college rules and regulations on college property or at college sanctioned or college-sponsored functions. 14. Insubordination a) Persistent or gross acts of willful disobedience or defiance toward college personnel. b) Failure to comply with direction of college officials, faculty, staff or security officers who are acting in the performance of their duties. c) Failure to exit during fire drill, d) Failure to identify oneself when on college property or at a collegesponsored or supervised functions, upon request of college official acting in the performance of his/her duties 15. Violations of College Rules a) Violations by guest of a student on college property. Students are responsible for the actions of their guests. b) Violation of school safety regulations. c) Smoking in classrooms or other college buildings or areas unless designated as a smoking area. d) Any violation of the student housing license agreement, rules and regulations and/or the college-sponsored housing student handbook. e) Any violation of the institutions policies on the responsible use of technology including but not limited to i. The theft or abuse of computer, email, Internet or Intranet resources ii. Unauthorized entry into a file, to use, read, or change the contents, of for any other purpose. iii. Unauthorized transfer of a file. iv. Unauthorized downloading of copyrighted materials in violation of law. v. Unauthorized use of another individual’s identification and/or password. vi. Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student, faculty member, or school official. vii. Use of computing facilities to send obscene or abusive messages. viii. Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the school’s computing system. f ) Failure to satisfy school financial obligations. The above list is illustrative only, and The Art Institutes International Minnesota may sanction other conduct not specifically included on this list. VI. SANCTIONS. The Art Institutes International Minnesota may impose sanctions for violations of the student conduct policy. The type of sanction imposed may vary depending upon the seriousness of the violation(s). The Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves the right to immediately impose the most severe sanction if circumstances merit. 97 Although not exhaustive, the following list represents the types of sanctions that may be imposed upon any student or student organization found to have violated the student conduct policy: 1. Warning: A notice in writing that a student has failed to meet some aspect of the school’s standards and expectations. 2. Probation: Probation is used for repeated violations or a specific violation of a serious nature. The Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate defines the terms of probation. 3. Discretionary Sanctions: The student will be required to complete an educational service, attend counseling, or have restricted privileges. 4. Removal from Sponsored Housing: The student will be immediately dismissed from school-sponsored housing. The student will be required to vacate the premises according to the terms of the sanction. 5. Suspension: Separation of the student from the school for a pre-determined period of time. The student may be able to return to school once specified conditions for readmission are met. The student may not attend classes, visit college-sponsored housing, use school facilities, participate in or attend college activities, or be employed by the school during his/her suspension. 6. Expulsion: The student will be expelled from The Art Institutes International Minnesota immediately. The student will not be permitted to continue his or her studies at the college and may not return to the college or to college-sponsored housing or activities at any time or for any reason. 7. Restitution: Compensation for loss or damage to property leased, owned or controlled by the school. This may take the form of monetary or material replacement. The above list is only a general guideline. Some sanctions may be omitted, and other sanctions not listed above may be used. SECTION VII. DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: Complaint Any member of The Art Institutes International Minnesota community may file a complaint against any student for misconduct or for otherwise being in violation of The Art Institutes International Minnesota policies. 1. The complaint shall be prepared in writing and directed to the Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate. 2. The written complaint should include the nature of the offense, date, approximate time and location of incident. The name of the victim, offender and any witness/es may be included. 3. Complaints should be submitted within 48 hours after the alleged violation occurred unless there are extenuating circumstances requiring a longer timeframe. The Chief Conduct Officer or a delegate may review and investigate the complaint to determine if the allegations have factual merit, to identify violations of the student conduct policy, and to impose sanctions for such violations. Generally, the accused should be given the opportunity to tell his or her account of the situation and to provide this information, in writing, unless The Art Institutes International Minnesota determines that the circumstances do not warrant disclosure of some or all of the facts. Search of Student’s Property Students have no expectation of privacy in their personal property while on campus. The Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves the right to search the contents of students’ personal property or belongings at any time and for any reason, including when there is reasonable suspicion on the part of The Art Institutes International Minnesota staff that a risk to the health, safety or welfare of students, and/ or the school community exists and including searches pursuant to an investigation of potential wrong doing. This includes but is not limited to vehicles brought onto property leased, owned or controlled by the school, backpacks, portfolios and clothing. This policy also applies to student property in school-sponsored housing, student e-mail and/or computers. Notification and Determination of Violations that Warrant Disciplinary Meeting 1. The Chief Conduct Officer or a delegate may choose to conduct a disciplinary meeting. Potential attendees include a student or students, the Chief Conduct Officer or his/ her delegate and others who may have relevant information. The Student should receive advance notice of the allegations and the reason for the meeting. 2. The Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate may render and communicate the decision to the student in writing, which shall describe the violation and the sanctions imposed, if any, and the student’s right to appeal. If the Chief Conduct Officer determines that there was no violation, that decision may be documented in writing to the student as well. 3. If a student fails to appear for the meeting, the Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate may make a determination of violations of The Art Institutes International Minnesota policies on the basis of the information available, and impose sanctions for such violations. Notification and Determination of Violations that Warrant Disciplinary Hearing In some cases, involving serious violations, the Chief Conduct Officer or delegate, hereby referred to as “Hearing Officer”, in his or her sole discretion, may choose to assemble a disciplinary panel to adjudicate the process. 1. The Hearing Officer may immediately (before a hearing takes place) remove the student from the campus community pursuant to an Interim Suspension until the Disciplinary Panel is convened. (See Interim Suspension). 2. The Student should receive advance notice of the allegations and the reason for the meeting. A student may forgo attendance at the hearing and a determination of the sanction will be made by the Disciplinary Panel. 3. Hearings normally shall be conducted in private. The Disciplinary Hearing is an academic hearing, not a legal hearing. Therefore, legal counsel is not allowed at the hearing. 4. The student may be accompanied by one person (family member, friend, etc) to provide support. The committee may prohibit from attending or remove any person who disrupts the proceedings of the committee. 5. In Hearings involving more than one STUDENT, the Hearing Officer, in his or her discretion, may permit the hearing concerning each student to be conducted separately. 6. The Disciplinary Panel may hear from any person who may have relevant information and the Panel may review any documents presented to them. a. Pertinent records, documents and written statements may be considered by the Hearing Officer at his/her discretion b. The Disciplinary Panel may ask questions and may seek information not provided to it. 7. The Disciplinary Panel may determine whether it is more likely than not that a violation occurred The Panel should communicate to the Hearing Officer its decision and its recommended sanction, if any. 8. After the Hearing, the Hearing Officer will issue a written decision to the accused student which identifies the accusations and the panel’s conclusions, any sanctions, and the student’s right of appeal. 9. In general, the accused should have access to the documentation reviewed by the panel, however identifying names and information may be removed from the documentation when necessary to protect other student’s privacy rights. Disciplinary Panel A Disciplinary Panel may consist of members of the college Executive Committee, Campus Staff, Faculty or Student Body. When students are permitted on the panel, the accused student should sign a form granting permission to release his/her educational records to a student serving on the panel. Failure to sign the permission constitutes an agreement to have no student on the panel. Administrative Interim Suspension Students may be administratively suspended on an interim basis when: 1. serious allegations are being investigated 2. serious allegations are pending before a disciplinary panel 3. in advance of a disciplinary panel hearing; or 4. when a student potentially poses a threat of harm to himself, to others, or to property of The Art Institutes International Minnesota or a member of the college community During the interim suspension, students are denied access to college-sponsored housing and/ or to the school (including classes, labs, library) and/or all other school activities or privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible, as the Chief Conduct Officer or designee may determine to be appropriate. This interim suspension period should last no longer than three business days, and the Chief Conduct Officer or delegate may make reasonable provisions to provide for accommodations of a student in school sponsored housing. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA The interim suspension is not to be considered disciplinary, but it is a tool to separate potential adversaries until a reasoned decision can be made. VIII. APPEAL PROCEDURES Students have a right to appeal disciplinary actions when they believe they have extenuating circumstances or believe to have been treated in an arbitrary or biased fashion or without adherence to The Art Institutes International Minnesota policies and procedures. • During an appeal, the student should continue to obey the terms of the decision, i.e., a student who has been suspended from school may not be on school property, a student dismissed from school-sponsored housing must leave in accordance with the directions indicated in the decision. • The student must write a letter of appeal in the student’s own words, addressed to the President of The Art Institutes International Minnesota or his/her delegate. This letter must clearly state the extenuating circumstances or the grounds for believing the decision was arbitrary or biased or that it was without adherence to The Art Institutes International Minnesota policies and procedures, and provide any supporting documentation. It must be delivered to the President or his/her delegate within seven calendar days following the student’s receipt of the decision. • Students should provide documentation to support the allegations of the appeal. • The President or his/her delegate may appoint an ad hoc committee to review appeals and make a recommendation regarding disposition of the appeal within 30 days of the date of receipt of the appeal. This committee will be comprised of faculty or staff members not involved in making the initial disciplinary decision. • The President and/or the committee may decide to convene an appeal hearing. The student will be informed notified in writing of the date and time of the appeal. The student is expected to attend the meeting, and failure to do so, for other than documented emergencies, may be considered forfeiture of the right to present further information regarding the appeal. • The student making the appeal may be provided an opportunity to address the committee in person. The student may be accompanied by one person (family member, friend, etc) as an observer. The committee may prohibit from attending or remove any person who disrupts the proceedings of the committee. • The Appeal Committee is an academic hearing, not a legal hearing. Therefore, legal counsel is not allowed at the meeting. • Audio recording of the academic hearing is not permitted. Minutes of the meeting are confidential. • Following appropriate review and deliberation, the committee will report back to the President or his/her delegate with its recommendation following its review of the appeal. The President or his/her delegate will render a written decision on the appeal within thirty calendar days from receipt of the appeal. The decision will be final. Academic Integrity Policy Consistent with its mission and values, The Art Institutes International Minnesota seeks to guide students to develop ideas and concepts that are their own. Any student who engages in conduct that violates principles of academic integrity and honesty is subject to disciplinary proceedings under the Student Code of Conduct. Academic integrity includes the following expectations: 1. Students shall allow others to receive credit for their work by: a) Refraining from intentionally or inadvertently presenting the ideas of others as their own; b) Refraining from assisting others in presenting the work of someone else as his/her own. 2. Students shall refrain from receiving or giving assistance on course assignments or tests beyond the guidelines established by the course instructor. 3. Students shall refrain from falsifying, fabricating, or distorting data through omission. 4. Students shall refrain from misrepresenting his/her personal accomplishments. Violations of the Academic Integrity policy include: Plagiarism: the act of representing someone else’s work as the student’s own regardless of the intent. The presentation of written documents, still or moving images, original ideas, research information, audio samples and music clips that are not the student’s own work without proper citation is plagiarism. Cheating: the act of receiving or giving assistance on written or electronic assignments, exams, or documents submitted as original pieces of work. This includes bringing unauthorized written notes, programmed material in watches, calculators, PDAs, cell phones, or laptops to in-class assignments, tests or exams, or takehome assignment or exams that exceed the guidelines set by the course instructor. Aiding and abetting another individual in cheating and plagiarism is considered a violation of the Academic Integrity policy. Disciplinary Sanctions: At The Art Institutes International Minnesota, violations of the Academic Integrity policy are cumulative offenses throughout the student’s career at the college: each act of plagiarism or cheating is documented in the student’s judicial record, held in the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs, and the student’s academic record in the Registrar’s office. Violations of this policy will be handled in accordance with the disciplinary procedures outlined in the Student Conduct policy. 1st Offense: • Failure of the assignment or examination (0 points) with no opportunity to re-do or make up work that has been plagiarized or produced as a result of cheating. The faculty member should calculate a course grade as if the assignment had been submitted but received no points. Depending on the weight and timing of the assignment or exam, this may result in the student’s failure of the course. • Documentation of the plagiarism or cheating is filed in the student’s judicial record in the office of the Dean of Student Affairs and in the student’s academic record in the office of the Registrar. 2nd Offense: • Failure of the course. • A letter of Academic Warning is sent by the office of the Dean of Academic Affairs. • Documentation of the plagiarism or cheating is filed in the student’s judicial record in the office of the Dean of Student Affairs, and in the student’s academic record in the office of the Registrar. 3rd Offense: • Failure of the course. • Documentation of the plagiarism or cheating is filed in the student’s judicial record in the office of the Dean of Student Affairs, and in the student’s academic record in the office of the Registrar. • Possible suspension/termination from The Art Institutes International Minnesota with right to appeal as per procedures set forth in the Student Code of Conduct. STUDENT GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR INTERNAL COMPLAINTS OF DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT Students who believe they have been subjected to discrimination or harassment in violation of the Non-Discrimination Policy should follow the procedure outlined below. Sexual violence is considered to be a form of sexual harassment, and therefore is also considered a form of sex discrimination. This complaint procedure is intended to provide a fair, prompt, impartial and reliable determination about whether The Art Institutes International Minnesota Non-Discrimination Policy has been violated. This complaint procedure is intended to provide a fair, prompt, impartial and reliable determination about whether discrimination or harassment has occurred 1. Complainants are encouraged to file a complaint as soon as possible after an alleged incident of discrimination or harassment has occurred. Any student who chooses to file a discrimination complaint should do so for non-academic matters with Dean of Student Affairs or for academic matters with Dean of Academic Affairs. The complaint should be presented in writing and it should describe the alleged incident(s) and any corrective action sought. The complaint should be signed by the complainant. 2. The Dean of Student Affairs or Dean of Academic Affairs will investigate the allegations. Both the complainant and the accused will have an opportunity to meet and discuss the allegations with the 99 investigator and may offer any witnesses and other evidence in support of their position to the investigator during the course of the investigation. A student may be accompanied during investigation meetings and discussions by one person (family member, friend, etc.) who can act as an observer, provide emotional support, and/or assist the student in understanding and cooperating in the investigation. The observer may not be an attorney, unless otherwise required by local law. When evaluating complaints of sexual harassment, the Dean of Student Affairs or Dean of Academic Affairs will apply the preponderance of the evidence standard (for example, it is more likely than not that sexual harassment or violence has occurred) to determine the outcome. The investigator may prohibit from attending or remove any person who disrupts the investigation in the investigator’s sole discretion. 3. The student who made the complaint and the accused shall be informed promptly in writing when the investigation is completed, no later than 45 calendar days from the date the complaint was filed. The student who made the complaint shall be informed if there were findings made that the policy was or was not violated and of actions taken to resolve the complaint, if any, that are directly related to him/her, such as an order that the accused not contact the student who made the complaint. In accordance with school policies protecting individuals’ privacy, the student who made the complaint may generally be notified that the matter has been referred for disciplinary action, but shall not be informed of the details of the recommended disciplinary action without the consent of the accused. 4. The decision of the Dean of Student or Dean of Academic Affairs may be appealed by either the complainant or the accused by petitioning the President’s Office of The Art Institutes International Minnesota. The written appeal must be made within 20 calendar days of receipt of the determination letter from the Dean of Students or Dean of Academic Affairs. The President, or his/her designee, will render a written decision on the appeal within 30 calendar days from receipt of the appeal. The President’s decision shall be final. 5. Matters involving general student complaints will be addressed according to the Student Complaint Procedures, a copy of which can be found in the Student Handbook or The Art Institutes International Minnesota Academic Catalog. For more information about your rights under the federal laws prohibiting discrimination, please contact the Office for Civil Rights at the U.S. Department of Education or visit the website at http://www.ed.gov/ocr. EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended sets out requirements designed to afford students certain rights with respect to their education records. In addition, it puts limits on what information The Art Institutes International Minnesota may disclose to third parties without receiving prior written consent from the student. I. Procedure to Inspect Education Records: Students have the right under FERPA to inspect and review their education records. A student who wishes to inspect and review his or her records should submit a written request to the Registrar. The request should identify as precisely as possible the records the student wishes to inspect. If the requested records are subject to inspection and review by the student, arrangements for access will be made within a reasonable period of time but in no case more than 45 days after the request was made. The student will be notified of the time and place where the records may be inspected. The college may require the presence of a school official during the inspection and review of a student’s records. Certain limitations exist on a student’s right to inspect and review their own education records. Those limitations include, for example, the following: (i) financial information submitted by parents; (ii) confidential letters and recommendations placed in their files prior to January 1, 1975; (iii) confidential letters and recommendations placed in their files after January 1, 1975 to which the student has waived his or her right to inspect and review and that are related to the student’s admission, application for employment or job placement, or receipt of honors. In addition, the term “education record” does not include certain types of records such as, by way of example, records of instructional, supervisory, administrative, and certain educational personnel that are in the sole possession of the maker thereof, and are not accessible or revealed to any other individual except a substitute. When a record contains personally identifiable information about more than one student, the student may inspect and review only the information that relates to him/her personally. II. Disclosure of Educational Records: The Art Institutes International Minnesota generally will not permit disclosure of personally identifiable information from the records of a student without prior written consent of the student. Personally identifiable information is disclosed (some items are mandatory, some discretionary) from the records of a student without that student’s prior written consent to the following individuals or institutions or in the following circumstances: 1. To The Art Institutes International Minnesota officials who have been determined by the college to have legitimate educational interests in the records. A school official is b. a person employed by the college in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position; or c. a person employed by or under contract to the college to perform specific tasks, such as an auditor, consultant, or attorney, a person on the Board of Trustees, or a student serving on an official committee or assisting another school official. Any school official who needs information about a student in the course of performing instructional, supervisory, advisory, or administrative duties for The Art Institutes International Minnesota has a legitimate educational interest. 2. To certain officials of the United States Department of Education, the Comptroller General of the United States, the Attorney General of the United States, and state and local educational authorities in connection with state or federally supported educational programs. 3. In connection with the student’s request for, or receipt of, financial aid necessary to determine the eligibility, amounts or conditions of financial aid, or to enforce the terms and conditions of the aid. 4. To organizations conducting certain studies for or on behalf of the school. 5. To accrediting commissions or state licensing or regulatory bodies to carry out their functions. 6. To parents of a dependent student, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code. 7. To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena. 8. To appropriate parties in health or safety emergencies. 9. To officials of another corporate or Art Institutes school, upon request, in which a student seeks or intends to enroll. 10.To an alleged victim of a crime of violence or a nonforcible sexual offense, the final results of the disciplinary proceedings conducted by the school against the alleged perpetrator of that crime or offense with respect to that crime or offense. 11.To persons in addition to the victim of a crime of violence or nonforcible sexual offense, the final results of the disciplinary proceedings described in paragraph 10 above but only if the school has determined that a student is the perpetrator of a crime of violence or non-forcible sexual offense, and with respect to the allegation made against him or her, the student has committed a violation of the institution’s rules or policies. The school, in such instances, may only disclose the name of the perpetrator - not the name of any other student, including a victim or witness - without the prior written consent of the other student(s). 12.To a parent regarding the student’s violation of any federal, state, or local law or of any rules or policy of the school governing the use or possession of alcohol or a controlled substance if the school determines that the student has committed a disciplinary violation with respect to that use or possession, and the student is under 21 at the time of the disclosure to the parent. 13.Directory information (see Section IV below). 14.Student Recruiting Information as requested by the U.S. Military. Student recruiting information includes ONLY: name, address, telephone listing, age or date of birth, class level, academic major, place of birth, degrees received and most recent educational institution attended. It does not include and The Art Institutes International Minnesota will not provide: social security numbers, THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA race, ethnicity, nationality, GPA, grades, low performing student lists, religious affiliation, students with loans in default, veteran’s status, students no longer enrolled. Students who opt out of the directory also opt out of student recruiting information. III. Record of Requests for Disclosure Except with respect to those requests made by the student themselves, those disclosures made with the written consent of the student, or to requests by or disclosures to Art Institutes International Minnesota officials with legitimate educational interests and disclosures of directory information (or other exceptions described in the applicable regulations), The Art Institutes International Minnesota will maintain a record indicating the parties who have requested or obtained personally identifiable information from a student’s education records and the legitimate interests those parties had in requesting or obtaining the information. This record may be inspected by the student. IV. Directory Information The Art Institutes International Minnesota designates the following information as directory information. (Directory information is personally identifiable information, which may be disclosed without the student’s consent): 1. Student’s name 2. Address: Local, email and website 3. Telephone number (local) 4. Date and place of birth 5. Program of study 6. Participation in officially recognized activities 7. Dates of attendance 8. Degrees and certificates awarded 9. Most recent previously attended school 10. Photograph of the student, if available 11. Enrollment status (i.e., enrolled, continuing, future enrolled student, reentry, leave of absence, etc.) 12. Student honors and awards received. 13. The height and weight of athletic team members Notice of these categories and of the right of an individual in attendance at The Art Institutes International Minnesota to request that his/ her directory information be kept confidential will be given to the student annually. Students may request nondisclosure of student directory information by specifying nondisclosure, in writing, to the Office of the Registrar, The Art Institutes International Minnesota, 15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402. Failure to request nondisclosure of directory information will result in routine disclosure of one or more of the above-designated categories of personally identifiable directory information. V. Correction of Educational Records Students have the right under FERPA to ask to have records corrected which they believe are inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of their privacy rights. The following are the procedures for the correction of records: A student must ask the Registrar to amend a record. As part of the request, the student should identify the part of the record they want to have changed and specify why they believe it to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of his/her privacy rights. 1. The Art Institutes International Minnesota may either amend the record or decide not to amend the record. If it decides not to amend the record, it will notify the student of its decision and advise the student of the right to a hearing to challenge the information believed to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the student’s privacy rights. 2. Upon request, The Art Institutes International Minnesota will arrange for a hearing and notify the student reasonably in advance of the date, place, and time of the hearing. The hearing will be conducted by an individual who does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing. That individual may be an official of The Art Institutes International Minnesota. The student shall be afforded a forum for the opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues raised in the original request to amend the student’s education records. The student may be assisted by other people, including an attorney. 3. The Art Institutes International Minnesota will prepare a written decision based solely on the evidence presented at the hearing. The decision will include a summary of the evidence, and the reasons for the decision. 4. If, as a result of the hearing, The Art Institutes International Minnesota decides that the information is inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy rights of the student, it will (a) amend the record accordingly; and (b) inform the student of the amendment in writing. 5. If, as a result of the hearing, The Art Institutes International Minnesota decides that the information in the education record is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy rights of the student, it shall inform the student of the right to place a statement in the record commenting on the contested information in the record or stating why he or she disagrees with the decision of the school. 6. If a statement is placed in the education records of a student under paragraph 6 above, The Art Institutes International Minnesota will: a)maintain the statement with the contested part of the record for as long as the record is maintained; and b)disclose the statement whenever it discloses the portion of the record to which the statement relates. VI. Student Right to File Complaint A student has the right to file a complaint with the United States Department of Education concerning alleged failures by The Art Institutes International Minnesota to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the governmental office that administers FERPA is: Family Policy Compliance Office United States Department of Education 400 Maryland Avenue, S.W. Washington, DC 20202-4605 STUDENT RIGHT TO KNOW ACT Student-Right-To-Know Act Information on graduation/completion rates for first-time fulltime students for The Art Institutes International Minnesota is available through the Admissions Office. These rates are calculated according to guidelines in the “Student-Right-To-Know” Act. According to regulations published by the Department of Education based on the Student Right-to-Know Act, the graduation/completion rates for first-time, full-time students who entered school in Fall of 1999 or thereafter and who graduated/completed within 150 percent of the normal time to complete the program can be found in the Registrar’s Office GENERAL STUDENT COMPLAINT PROCEDURE If you have a complaint or problem you are encouraged to follow the Student Complaint Procedure. You should discuss complaints with the individual(s) within the appropriate department. Initial discussion should be with the person most knowledgeable of the issues involved or with immediate decision-making responsibility. If you feel that the complaint has not been fully addressed, a written account should be submitted to the Dean of Student Affairs if related to non-academic issues or to the Dean of Academic Affairs for academic issues. The written account should indicate your name, phone number, and ID# and discuss the steps you have taken to remedy the situation. The appropriate staff member or department will be notified of the complaint. A follow-up meeting with you and the Dean of Student Affairs and/or the Dean of Academic Affairs will be held within ten school days of the date of the written complaint in an effort to resolve the issue. If you are not satisfied with the results, you may file an appeal with the President’s office. The appeal should be in writing and contain your name and phone number. You should summarize the steps you have taken to remedy the situation and indicate why the results are not satisfactory. You will hear the results of the appeal within ten business days from the date the appeal is received. If you follow this complaint procedure and still feel dissatisfied with the results you may send a written copy of the complaint to: Minnesota Office of Higher Education 1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, St. Paul, MN 55108 and/or Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools (ACICS), 750 First Street NE, Suite 980, Washington, DC 20002-4241 Telephone: 202-336-6780 ARBITRATION Every student and The Art Institutes International Minnesota agrees that any dispute or claim between the student and The Art Institutes International Minnesota (or any company affiliated with The Art Institutes International Minnesota, or any of its officers, directors, trustees, employees or agents) arising out of or relating to a student’s enrollment or attendance at The Art Institutes International Minnesota 101 whether such dispute arises before, during, or after the student’s attendance and whether the dispute is based on contract, tort, statute, or otherwise, shall be, at the student’s or The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s election, submitted to and resolved by individual binding arbitration pursuant to the terms described herein. This policy, however, is not intended to modify a student’s right, if any, to file a grievance with any state educational licensing agency. If a student decides to initiate arbitration, the student may select either, JAMS or the National Arbitration Forum (“NAF”) to serve as the arbitration administrator pursuant to its rules of procedure. If The Art Institutes International Minnesota intends to initiate arbitration, it will notify the student in writing by regular mail at the student’s latest address on file with The Art Institutes International Minnesota, and the student will have 20 days from the date of the letter to select one of these organizations as the administrator. If the student fails to select an administrator within that 20-day period, The Art Institutes International Minnesota will select one. The Art Institutes International Minnesota agrees that it will not elect to arbitrate any undividable claim of less than the relevant jurisdictional threshold that a student may bring in small claims court (or in a similar court of limited jurisdiction subject to expedited procedures). If that claim is transferred or appealed to a different court, however, or if a student’s claim exceeds than the relevant jurisdictional threshold The Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves the right to elect arbitration and, if it does so, each student agrees that the matter will be resolved by binding arbitration pursuant to the terms of this Section. If either a student or The Art Institutes International Minnesota chooses arbitration, neither party will have the right to a jury trial, to engage in discovery, except as provided in the applicable arbitration rules, or otherwise to litigate the dispute or claim in any court (other than in small claims or similar court, as set forth in the preceding paragraph, or in an action to enforce the arbitrator’s award). Further, a student will not have the right to participate as a representative or member of any class of claimants pertaining to any claim subject to arbitration. The arbitrator’s decision will be final and binding. Other rights that a student or The Art Institutes International Minnesota would have in court also may not be available in arbitration. The arbitrator shall have no authority to arbitrate claims on a class action basis, and claims brought by or against a student may not be joined or consolidated with claims brought by or against any other person. Any arbitration hearing shall take place in the federal judicial district in which the student resides. Upon a student’s written request, The Art Institutes International Minnesota will pay the filing fees charged by the arbitration administrator, up to a maximum of $3,500 per claim. Each party will bear the expense of its own attorneys, experts and witnesses, regardless of which party prevails, unless applicable law gives a right to recover any of those fees from the other party. If the arbitrator determines that any claim or defense is frivolous or wrongfully intended to oppress the other party, the arbitrator may award sanctions in the form of fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the other party (including arbitration administration fees, arbitrators’ fees, and attorney, expert and witness fees), to the extent such fees and expenses could be imposed under Rule 11 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. The Federal Arbitration Act (FAA), 9 U.S.C. §§ 1, et seq., shall govern this arbitration provision. This arbitration provision shall survive the termination of a student’s relationship with The Art Institutes International Minnesota. If a student has a question about the arbitration administrator mentioned above, the student can contact them as follows: JAMS, 45 Broadway, 28th Floor, New York, NY, 10006, http://www. jamsadr.com, 8003525267; National Arbitration Forum, P.O. Box 50191, Minneapolis, MN, 55405, www.arbforum.com, 800-474-2371. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNEOSTA ANTI-HAZING POLICY Hazing involving The Art Institutes International Minneosta students or student groups is strictly prohibited. Hazing is defined as any action or situation that recklessly or intentionally endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student for the purpose of initiation or admission into or affiliation with any club or organization operating under the sanction of an institution of higher education. For purposes of this definition, any activity as described in this definition that the initiation or admission into or affiliation with a club or organization is directly or indirectly conditioned shall be presumed to be “forced” activity, the willingness of an individual to participate in such activity notwithstanding. This policy is applicable to all students and members of a student club or organization at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Every student and member of a student club or organization is responsible for complying with this policy. Individuals and/or student clubs that force, require, and/or endorse violations will be held directly responsible through the College’s student conduct process and if appropriate, through local authorities, which may pursue criminal action. Students who wish to make a complaint under this policy should contact the Dean of Student Affairs located at 209 Pence; or call 612.656.6865. The negligence or consent of a student or any assumption of risk by the student is not a defense to an action brought pursuant to this policy. Student club activities or programs must not interfere with the rights and activities of others and should always reflect the best interests of the members of the organization it represents and the College community as a whole. In all cases of alleged violations of this policy, faculty and staff advisors and the national/international headquarters, if applicable, of any organization will be notified. DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE AND CAMPUS The use of illegal drugs and the abuse of alcohol on the campus of The Art Institutes International or in facilities controlled by the The Art Institutes International are prohibited by college regulations and are incompatible with the The Art Institutes International goal of providing a healthy educational environment for students, faculty, staff and guests. The following information is provided in compliance with the Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act Amendments of 1989. Effects of Drugs and Alcohol Although individuals often use drugs and alcohol to achieve a variety of effects on mind and body that are found to be temporarily useful or pleasurable, drugs can be highly addictive and injurious. A person can pay a price in terms of his or her physical, emotional, and social health. This price can be paid in a number of ways. The risk of contracting sexually transmitted diseases, including AIDS, is increased through unwanted or unprotected sex when one is under the influence of drugs or alcohol. Drugs can be the trigger for violent crime. Economic and legal problems usually follow directly when one tries to support a drug habit by resorting to crime. The dependence, illness, loss of job, and loss of family or friends that can result from drug or alcohol use and abuse can be tragic. In keeping with the mission of The Art Institutes International and the requirements of state and federal law, The Art Institutes International has adopted this program to ensure a drug-free campus and workplace and to prevent the use of controlled substances and the abuse of alcohol. Health Risks Associated with the Use of Alcohol Short Term Risks • Increased risks of accidents and injuries • Alcohol-related traffic accidents (the leading cause of death for teens) • Alcohol slows reaction time, decreases muscle coordination, and impairs vision • Fatal overdose • Unconsciousness or blackout • Death by aspiration of vomit • Nausea • Gastritis Long-Term Risks • Increased blood pressure • Increased risk of heart attack • Brain damage resulting in permanent psychosis • Cancer of the mouth, esophagus or stomach • Liver damage (cirrhosis, alcohol hepatitis, cancer) • Ulcers and Gastritis • Pancreatitis • Birth defects • In males-testicular atrophy and breast enlargement • In females—increased risk of breast cancer • Prolonged, excessive drinking can shorten life span by ten to twelve years. Health Risks Associated with the Use of Drugs Amphetamines (Speed, Uppers) • Malnutrition • Hallucinations • Dependence, psychological and sometimes physical THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA • Deliriants (Aerosols, Lighter Fluid, Paint Thinner) • Permanent damage to lungs, brain, liver, bone marrow • Loss of coordination, confusion, hallucinations • Overdose causing convulsions, death • Depressants (Barbiturates, Tranquilizers, Methaqualone) • Confusion, depression, loss of coordination • Dependence, physical and psychological • Coma, death (caused by overdose) • Can be lethal when combined with alcohol • Hallucinogens (LSD, PCP, DMT, STP, Mescaline) • Hallucinations, panic, irrational behaviors (which can lead to increased risk of accidents, injuries) • Tolerance overdose leading to convulsions, coma, death • Possible birth defects in children of LSD users • Intravenous Drug Use • Places one at risk for HIV infection (the virus causing AIDS) when needles are shared • Marijuana and Hashish • Chronic bronchitis • Decreased vital capacity • Increased risk of lung cancer • In men lower levels of testosterone and increase in abnormal sperm count • Stimulants (Cocaine) • Painful nosebleeds and nasal erosion • Intense “downs” that result in physical and/or emotional discomfort • Tolerance and physical dependence can develop • Narcotics (Heroin, Morphine, Codeine, Opium) • Malnutrition • Hepatitis • Loss of judgment and serf-control leading to increased risk of accidents, injuries • Dependence • Overdose leading to convulsions, coma, death Sanctions The Art Institutes International, in all of its actions, seeks to uphold local, state and federal laws. Insofar as permitted by these laws, the The Art Institutes International will apply sanctions that could lead to a student being fined, suspended or expelled or an employee being disciplined, suspended or dismissed for violation of the The Art Institutes International standards of conduct. Students and employees may also be referred for prosecution. Disciplinary sanctions may include the completion of an appropriate rehabilitation program, at the student’s or employee’s expense, if necessary. Federal and Minnesota State Sanctions Minnesota criminal statutes provide for drug offense penalties in relation to the nature of the offense, the drug involved, whether the offense is a first or subsequent offense, and in some cases, the amount of the drug involved. Whoever proximately causes great bodily harm by, directly or indirectly, unlawfully selling, giving away, bartering, delivering, exchanging, distributing, or administering a controlled substance classified in schedule I or II (includes cocaine, heroin, morphine, hallucinogens, etc.) may be sentenced to imprisonment for not more than ten years or to payment of a fine of not more than $20,000, or both. Drug trafficking (selling, manufacturing or possessing large quantities of illegal drugs) carries minimum mandatory prison terms and fines under Minnesota law as noted below: • Sale of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (>10 grams) or any narcotic other than cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (> 50 grams) or hallucinogens (>50 grams) or marijuana (>50 kilograms) • Possession of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (>25 grams) or any narcotic other than cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (> 500 grams) or hallucinogens (>500) grams or marijuana of (>100 kilograms) • Manufactures any amount of methamphetamine First Degree Imprisonment not more than 30 years or to a payment of a fine not more that $1,000,000, or both • Sale of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (>3 grams) or any narcotic other than cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (> 10 grams) or hallucinogens (>10 grams) or marijuana (>25 kilograms) • Possession of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (>6 grams) or narcotic other than cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (> 50 grams) or hallucinogens (>50 grams) or marijuana (>50 kilograms) Second Degree Imprisonment not more than 25 years or to a payment of a fine not more than $500,000 or both. • Sale of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine or any narcotic other than cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (> 10 grams) or hallucinogens (> 10 doses) or marijuana (>5 kilograms) • Possession of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (>3 grams) or narcotic other than cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine (> 10 grams) or hallucinogens (>50 doses) or marijuana (>10 kilograms) Third Degree Imprisonment not more than 20 years or to a payment of a fine not more than $250,000 or both. • Sale of any narcotic other than marijuana or sale of marijuana in a school zone, park zone, or public housing zone • Possession of hallucinogens (>10 doses) or any narcotic other than marijuana, with the intent to sell Fourth Degree Imprisonment not more than 15 years or to a payment of a fine not more than $100,000 or both. • Sale of marijuana or any controlled substance • Possession of any narcotics Fifth Degree Imprisonment not more than 5 years or to a payment of a fine not more than $10,000 or both. • Mandatory sentences increase in proportion to quantity. Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs carries the following penalties: • First conviction: Fine of no less than $300 nor more than $1,000 and imprisonment for not less than 10 days no more than 12 months. • Second conviction: Fine of $600 to $1000, prison for not less than 90 days • Third or subsequent conviction: Fine of $1000 to $5000, prison for not less than 120 days Additional monetary penalties may also be imposed to compensate victims. Furnishing alcoholic beverages to, and purchase or possession of alcoholic beverages by any person under the age of 21 is prohibited by Minnesota law. The sentence for the first conviction is 30 days imprisonment, a $300 fine, or both. In addition to criminal penalties, anyone who furnishes alcohol to an underage person, knowing that such person will soon be driving, may become liable for injuries or damages caused by the underage drinking driver. Additional sanctions exist under Minnesota law for drug and alcohol-related offenses including denial of student loans and grants, ineligibility to participate in home loan and other assistance programs, and denial or revocation of professional licenses. Federal penalties and sanctions for illegal possession of a controlled substance include the following: • First conviction: up to 1 year in prison, fine of $1,000 to $100,000, or both; • Second conviction: at least 15 days and up to 2 years imprisonment, $5,000 to $250,000 fine, or both; • After two drug convictions: at least 90 days and up to 3 years in prison, $5,000 to $250,000 fine, or both. Special federal sentencing provisions for possession of crack cocaine include a mandatory prison term of at least 5 years and up to 20 years, fine of up to $250,000, or both, for a first conviction if the amount of crack exceeds 5 grams, for a second conviction if amount exceeds 3 grams, and for a third or subsequent conviction if the amount exceeds 1 gram. Additional federal sanctions may also apply including forfeiture of vehicles used to transport controlled substances, denial of federal benefits including student loans, grants, and contracts and denial or revocation of certain federal licenses and benefits. 103 Convictions for Drug-Related Offenses Any student convicted of any drug-related criminal statute must notify the Dean of Student Affairs, in writing, no later than five (5) days after such conviction regardless of where the offense occurred. This is because under federal and state laws, any student convicted of a drug-related felony offense must be denied all federal and state assistance, including Pell Grants and Minnesota State Grants. However, a criminal conviction shall not be necessary to find that a student has violated these standards of conduct, and The Art Institutes International Minnesota need not, and ordinarily will not, defer its own actions and sanctions pending the outcome of any criminal proceeding. Danger Signals Indicating a Drug or Alcohol Problem • Following is a listing of classic danger signals that may indicate the presence of a drug or alcohol problem: • Abrupt changes in mood or attitude • Decreased efficiency at work or at school • Frequent absences, tardiness, and/or early departures • Relationship problems with family, friends, and co-workers • Unusual outbursts of anger and hostility • Social withdrawal Counseling If you observe any of these changes in yourself or another student, you are encouraged to talk with a Counselor in the Office of Student Affairs. Abuse of alcohol or drugs can lead to dependency and addiction, with serious con¬sequences for personal health and overall quality of life. There are drug and alcohol counseling, treatment, and rehabilitation facilities available in our area where students and employees may seek advice and treatment. The College Counselor can refer you to one that meets your needs. Twin Cities Area Resources There are also organizations that may be contacted for help. The National Institute on Drug Abuse Hotline (1.800.662.4357) is available from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., Monday through Friday, and from 11:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. on weekends. Additional Sources of Information: The Alcohol and Drug Information Line 800-729-6686 The National Institute on Drug Abuse Hotline 800-662-HELP The National Institute on Drug Abuse Workplace Helpline 800-843-4971 The National Clearinghouse for Alcohol and Drug Information 301-468-2600 Cocaine Information 800-COCAINE Hennepin County Addiction Clinic 612-347-7600 Minneapolis Police (non-emergency) 612-348-2345 Crisis Numbers Crisis Connection (24-hours) 612-379-6363 Rape & Sexual Abuse Center (24-hours) 612-825-HELP Minnesota Coalition for Battered Women (24-hours) 651-646-0994 Ramsey County Social Services (24-hour) 651-290-8999 Local Hospitals Abbott Northwestern Hospital 612-863-4000 Fairview –University Medical Center: Riverside Campus: 612-672-6000 University Campus: 612-273-3000 Hennepin County Medical Center 612-347-2121 Students under the Influence The Art Institutes International Minnesota promotes a healthy and safe educational environment. All referrals requiring immediate intervention with an intoxicated/under the influence student will be directed to appropriate person. Students who are considered to be under the influence of alcohol or mood-altering drugs will be asked to leave the premises immediately and may face disciplinary action. The Academic Director and the counselor will assess the student’s condition. If deemed necessary, the student will go before the Hearing Officer for further disciplinary action that could possibly result in suspension or termination from Ai Minnesota. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA POLICIES TO COMPLY WITH THE HIGHER EDUCATION OPPORTUNITY ACT OF 2008 The unauthorized distribution of copyrighted material, including unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing, may subject students and individuals to civil and criminal liabilities. Almost all of the music, movies, television shows, software, games and images found on the Internet are protected by federal copyright law. The owner of the copyright in these works has the right to control their distribution, modification, reproduction, public display and public performance. It is generally illegal therefore to use file sharing networks to download and share copyrighted works without the copyright owner’s permission unless “fair use” or another exemption under copyright law applies. Fair use under the federal Copyright Act allows the use without permission of copyrighted material for the purpose of criticism, comment, news reporting or teaching under certain limited circumstances. There is no blanket exception from liability for students or employees of educational institutions, however, and whether the use of copyrighted material without permission falls within “fair use” or one of the other exceptions in the Act depends on a very detailed, case-by-case analysis of various factors. Students should be aware that sharing music, videos, software and other copyrighted materials is very likely not to be considered a “fair use” and therefore may be a violation of the law. A violation of the institution’s policy for use of its information technology system can result in termination of network access for the student and/or other disciplinary action including removal of the student from the institution. Moreover, there are severe civil and criminal penalties for copyright infringement under federal law. A copyright owner is entitled to recover actual damages and profits resulting from an infringement, but also may recover statutory damages ranging from $750 to $30,000 per work for a non-willful infringement and up to $150,000 for a willful infringement, even if there is no proof of actual damages, in addition to court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. The government also can file criminal charges that can result in fines and imprisonment. The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s policies in regard to copyright infringement via the Internet prohibit the illegal downloading or unauthorized distribution of copyrighted materials using the institution’s information technology system. The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s policies prohibit use of THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA’S computer network to engage in illegal copying or distribution of copyrighted works such as by unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing (i.e., the sharing of copyrighted works, typically in digital or electronic files, without permission. NO HARRASSMENT POLICY The Art Institute International Minnesota is committed to providing workplaces and learning environments that are free from harassment on the basis of any protected classification including, but not limited to race, sex, gender, color, religion, sexual orientation, age, national origin, disability, medical condition, marital status, veteran status, genetic marker or on any other basis protected by law. Such conduct is unprofessional, unproductive, illegal, and generally considered bad for business. Consequently, all conduct of this nature is expressly prohibited, regardless of whether it violates any law. Definition of Sexual Harassment Sexual harassment consists of unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, sexual violence or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature where: 1. Submission to such conduct is an explicit or implicit term or condition of a person’s status in a course, program or activity or in admission, or in an academic decision; 2. Submission to or rejection of such conduct is used as a basis for an academic decision; or 3. Such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with an individual’s work or academic performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work or educational environment. Sexual violence is considered to be a form of sexual harassment and is defined as physical sexual acts perpetrated against a person’s will or where a person is incapable of giving consent due to the victim’s use of drugs or alcohol. Other examples of sexual harassment include, but are not limited to: unwanted sexual advances; demands for sexual favors in exchange for favorable treatment; verbal abuse of a sexual nature; graphic commentary THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA about an individual’s body, sexual prowess, or sexual deficiencies; leering; whistling; touching; pinching; assault; coerced sexual acts; suggestive, insulting or obscene comments or gestures; stalking; and displaying sexually suggestible objects or pictures. The Art Institutes International Minnesota prohibits all conduct of this nature whether or not such conduct violates any applicable laws. Other Forms of Harassment Verbal abuse, insulting comments and gestures, and other harassing conduct are also forbidden under this policy when directed at an individual because of his or her race, color, sex, sexual orientation, familial status, age, religion, ethnic origin, genetic marker or disability. It is the responsibility of each employee and each student to conduct himself or herself in a professional manner at all times and to refrain from such harassment. COMPLAINT PROCEDURE Students who feel they have been harassed should follow the Student Grievance Procedure for Internal Complaints of Harassment and Discrimination (the “Student Grievance Procedure”). Students who have been subjected to sexual violence should also review the Policy Concerning Sexual Violence and Programs and Procedures Regarding Sexual Assault (available in the Student Affairs Office). Regardless if a complaint is filed under the Student Grievance Procedure, promptly after learning of such alleged conduct, The Art Institutes International Minnesota will conduct an investigation for the purpose of determining whether prohibited harassment has occurred. Efforts will be made to ensure confidentiality to the extent consistent with the goal of conducting an appropriate investigation. Students who initiate or participate in such investigations in good faith will be protected against subsequent harassment and school-related retaliation. If an investigation confirms the allegations, The Art Institutes International Minnesota will take prompt corrective action, which may include discipline, up to and including immediate dismissal. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA POLICY CONCERNING SEXUAL VIOLENCE Sexual violence refers to physical sexual acts perpetrated against a person’s will or where a person is incapable of giving consent due to the victim’s use of drugs or alcohol. Sexual violence includes rape, sexual assault, sexual battery and sexual coercion. Sexual violence is considered a form of sexual harassment, and is therefore a form of sex discrimination. Acts involving sexual violence, sexual harassment or sex discrimination are not tolerated by The Art Institutes International. Complaints of sexual violence should be made to Pam Boersig, Dean of Student Affairs 800 Hennepin Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55402 612-656-6865 or Pat Chen, Director of Human Resources 15 South 9th Street Minneapolis, MN 55402 612-656-6848. limited to, speaking with the alleged victim, the alleged perpetrator and other potential witness as appropriate and reviewing other evidence such as calendars, videos, phone records, etc. If The Art Institutes International Minnesota determines that sexual violence may have occurred, The Art Institutes International Minnesota will take steps proactively designed to promptly and effectively end the sexual violence or the threat of sexual violence, prevent its recurrence, and address its effects regardless of whether the alleged actions are subject to criminal investigation. The Art Institutes International Minnesota will use good faith efforts to protect the alleged victim from any hostile environment at the school and any subsequent harassment or retaliation. Such efforts may occur prior to the outcome of the investigation and may include: 1. Reporting any subsequent harassment or retaliation to the Dean of Student Affairs or the Director of Human Resources 2. Providing an escort to ensure the alleged victim can move safely between classes and activities 3. Ensuring that the alleged victim and the alleged perpetrator do not attend the same classes 4. Providing referral to counseling services or providers 5. Providing academic support services, such as tutoring 6. Arranging for the victim to re-take a course or withdraw from a class without penalty. DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS AND SANCTIONS On-campus disciplinary procedures against students will be in accordance with The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s published Student Code of Conduct and the Student Grievance Procedure for Internal Complaints of Discrimination and Harassment. Both the accuser and the accused are entitled to have others present during a disciplinary proceeding. Both will be informed of the outcome of any campus disciplinary proceeding. For this purpose, the outcome of a disciplinary proceeding means only The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s final determination with respect to the alleged sexual offense and any sanction that is imposed against the accused. Sanctions, which may be imposed following a final determination of a disciplinary proceeding regarding rape, acquaintance rape, or other forcible or non-forcible sex offenses, may include warning, probation, suspension or dismissal. Students who have been subjected to sexual violence are encouraged to review the No Harassment Policy, the Non-Discrimination Policy, the Student Grievance Procedure for Internal Complaints of Discrimination and Harassment and the Programs and Procedures Regarding Sexual Assault (available in the Student Affairs Office). Upon learning of possible sexual violence involving a student, The Art Institutes International Minnesota will take immediate action to investigate or otherwise determine what happened. Such action may include, but is not 105 SCHOOL CALENDAR ACADEMIC CALENDAR QUARTER START GRADUATION QUARTER END Fall 2011 October 3, 2011 December 16, 2011 December 17, 2011 Fall II 2011 November 10, 2011 December 16, 2011 December 17, 2011 Winter 2012 January 9, 2012 Winter II 2012 February 16, 2012 Spring 2012 April 2, 2012 June 16, 2012 June 17, 2012 Spring II 2012 May 10, 2012 June 16, 2012 June 17, 2012 Summer 2012 July 9, 2012 September 22, 2012 Summer 2012 August 16, 2012 September 22, 2012 March 24, 2012 March 24, 2012 HOLIDAYS AND VACATIONS Thanksgiving Holiday Wednesday, November 23 - 25, 2011 December Holiday Friday, December 23, 2011 Christmas Holiday Monday, December 26, 2011 New Year’s Eve Day* Friday, December 30, 2011 New Year’s Day* Friday, December 30, 2011 Martin Luther King Jr. Day Monday, January 16, 2012 President’s Day* Friday, February 24, 2011 Good Friday Friday, April 6, 2011 Memorial Day Monday, May 28, 2011 Independence Day Wednesday, July 4, 2012 Labor Day Monday, September 5, 2012 * Some school holidays do not fall on actual holiday dates SCHOOL MAP The Art Institutes International Minnesota 15 South 9th Street Minneapolis, MN 55402-3137 1.800.777.3643 or 612.332.3361 create.aii.edu/minneapolis 107 TUITION AND FEES Each school quarter is 11 weeks in duration. An application fee of $50 is to be submitted with the Application for Admissions. The tuition deposit fee of $100 is due within 10 days after the Enrollment Agreement is signed. The tuition charge shown above is subject to adjustment each academic year. Special U.S. and overseas trips are voluntary and are not Advertising Supplies/Texts: $125/month Audio Production Supplies/Texts: $125/month The Art of Cooking Supplies/Texts: $50/month Baking & Pastry Supplies/Texts: $50/month included in regular tuition and fees. The Starting Kit consists of the basic equipment, texts, and materials required for beginning each program. A list of the components of the Starting Kit is provided to each enrolled student. In addition to the Starting Kit, the estimated cost of consumable supplies, textbooks, and equipment by program are as follows: Culinary Arts Supplies/Texts: $50/month Culinary Management Supplies/Texts: $125/month Design Management Supplies/Texts: $125/month Fashion & Retail Management Supplies/Texts: $125/month Graphic Design Supplies/Texts: $125/month Hospitality Management Supplies/Texts: $125/month Interior Design Supplies/Texts: $125/month Interior Planning with AutoCAD Supplies/Texts: $125/month Media Arts & Animation Supplies/Texts: $125/month Photography Supplies/Texts: $125/month Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Supplies/Texts: $125/month Web Design & Interactive Media Supplies/Texts: $125/month Tuition is charged at $481.00 per credit (with an average of 16 credits per quarter). The tuition charges are subject to change each academic year. The $100 Enrollment Fee is refundable upon cancellation. Tuition and fees applicable to The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s programs (as of October 1, 2011) are as follows: Advertising Audio Production The Art of Cooking Baking & Pastry Baking & Pastry Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Diploma Diploma Associate’s Number of Credits 180 180 56 50 90 Enrollment Fee* $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 Degree Culinary Arts Culinary Management Design Management Digital Film & Video Production Fashion & Retail Management Associate’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s 90 180 180 180 180 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 Digital Resource Fee **** $2,300 $2,300 $550 $550 $1,450 $1,450 $2,450 $2,300 $2,300 $2,300 Tuition/Quarter (16 credits/quarter) $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 Application Fee* $500 $1,200 $825 $825 $835 $835 $825 $500 $700 $370 Culinary Lab Fees Costs/Credit** - - $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 - - - Culinary Lab Credits/Program** - - 44 38 44 44 58 - - - $89,030 $89,030 $29,836 $26,100 $47,090. $47,090 $92,080 $89,030 $89,030 $89,030 Starting Kit (estimated)*** Program Totals**: Graphic Design Degree Hospitality Management Interior Planning with AutoCAD Interior Design Media Arts & Animation Photography Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Web Design & Interactive Media Associate’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Associate’s Associate’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Associate’s Bachelor’s 92 180 180 96 96 180 180 180 180 92 180 Enrollment Fee* $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 Application Fee* $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 Digital Resource Fee**** $1,200 $2,300 $2,300 $1,250 $1,250 $2,300 $2,300 $2,300 $2,300 $1,200 $2,300 Tuition/Quarter (16 credits/quarter) $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 Number of Credits $500 $500 $480 $1,050 $1,050 $1,050 $650 $1,200 $650 $500 $500 Culinary Lab Fees Costs/Credit** - - $50 - - - - - - - - Culinary Lab Credits/Program** - - 28 - - - - - - - - $45,602. $89,030 $90,430. $47,576 $47.576 $89,030 $89,030 $89,030 $89,030 $45,602 $89,030 Starting Kit (estimated)*** Program Totals**: * The application and enrollment fees are paid by new and transfer students only. ** Monthly consumable supplies included with the $50 per Culinary Lab Credit Fee. The lab fees will be treated as part of the tuition for refund purposes. *** Not including starting kit. The Program Total cost is based on the current credit hour rate. You only are charged for the credit hours you take each quarter. **** The Digital Resource Fee includes the cost of the digital textbook as well as other digital resources which are integrated into the course and vary by program. The fee includes all applicable taxes. This estimated fee assumes all courses require a digital resource; however currently not all courses use digital resources. Courses that include digital resources will be noted in the registration material and the fee will be charged automatically in addition to tuition. If a course does not use digital resources, the student remains responsible for purchasing the required text and materials. The digital resource fee is $50 per course. THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA INDEX ABOUT THE COLLEGE 2 Introduction2 City and the College 3 Course Requirements & Descriptions Advertising (B.S.) 6 Audio Production (B.S.) 8 Culinary Management (B.S.) 10 Culinary Arts (A.A.S.) 12 Baking & Pastry (A.A.S.) 14 Baking & Pastry (D.) 16 The Art of Cooking (D.) 18 Design Management (B.S.) 20 Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.) 22 Fashion & Retail Management (B.S.) 24 Fashion Retailing (D.) 26 Graphic Design (B.S.) 28 Graphic Design (A.A.S.) 30 Hospitality Management (B.S.) 32 Interior Design (B.S.) 34 Interior Design (A.A.S.) 36 Interior Planning with AutoCAD (A.A.S.) 38 Media Arts & Animation (B.S.) 40 Photography (B.F.A.) 42 Digital Image Management (D.) 44 Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (B.S.) 46 Web Design & Interactive Media (B.S) 48 Web Design & Interactive Media (A.A.S.) 50 Web Design & Development (D.) 52 Web Design & Interactive Communications 54 Course Descriptions 56 Faculty74 Administration77 Board of Trustees and Directors 79 ADMISSIONS 80 Admissions Requirements 80 Enrollment Procedure 80 International Admissions Policy 80 Admissions Requirements for English Language Proficiency Policy 80 Nonimmigrant Students 81 Orientation81 Facilities and Equipment 81 Placement Evaluations 81 ACCUPLACER81 ACT81 SAT81 Hardware Specifications 81 Non-Discrimination Policy 82 STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES82 Book Process 82 Non-Federal Refund Policy 82 Buyer’s Right to Cancel 82 Kit Return Policy 82 Non-Payment of Charges Financial Aid 82 Student Financial Assistance 83 Suspension and Reinstatement of Financial Assistance 83 Financial Assistance Student Appeal 83 Student Financial Assistance 83 Review Committee 83 Student Appeal Procedure 83 Veterans’ Information 83 Scholarships & Grants 83 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS86 Mission and Statement 86 Learning Principles 86 Academic Directors and AcademicPrograms86 Academic Advising 86 Academic Achievement Center 86 Interior Design Skills Center 86 Library86 Registrar86 Attendance Policy 87 Progress Academic Standards for Programs Study 88 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy 88 Academic Probation 88 Procedure for Appealing Academic Termination 89 Grading89 Letter Grade Equivalent 89 Grade Points 89 Grade Point Computation 89 Calculation of CGPA 90 Quarter Credits 90 Incomplete Grade Policy 90 Grade Change Requests 90 Transfer of Credit 91 Transcripts91 Post Matriculation Credit Transfer 91 Course Descriptions 91 Level of Transfer Credits 91 Grading91 CLEP & AP Scores 91 Timeliness of Coursework 91 Allowable Total Transfer of Credit 91 Proficiency Testing 91 Test Out Credit 91 Registration92 Procedures 92 Holds 92 Registration Steps 92 Official Schedules 92 Schedule Adjustment Period 92 Withdrawing from a Course 92 Online Courses 93 Online Courses 93 Textbook Requirements for Online Courses 93 Technology Requirements for Online Courses 93 Refund Policy for Online Courses 93 Course Scheduling, Sequencing, and Titles 93 Course Numbering 93 Academic Calendar 93 Course Load 93 Repeating Courses 93 Transitional Studies 93 Change of Program 93 Leaves and External Transfers 93 Transferring to Another EDMC School 93 Withdrawing from College 93 Special Leave Consideration/ Readmissions Procedures 93 Military Leave 94 General Education 94 General Education Requirements for AAS Degrees 94 General Education Requirements for BS or BFA Degrees 94 Additional Learning Experiences 94 Study Trips 94 Exhibition of Student Work 94 Graduation94 Requirements for Graduation 94 Final Quarter 94 Criteria for Honors Designation 94 Term GPA Honors Designation 94 Portfolio Requirements 94 Portfolio Review 94 CAREER SERVICES95 Graduate Employment Assistance 95 Student Employment Assistance 95 Graduate Employment Information 95 STUDENT AFFAIRS95 Student Clubs and Activities 95 Student Support Services 95 Disability Services 95 Residence Life and Housing95 Independent Housing 96 Health Insurance 96 International Student Advising 96 Student Code of Conduct 96 Guiding Principles 96 Scope 96 Reach 96 Responsibilities 96 Sanctions 97 Disciplinary Procedures 98 Complaint 98 Search of Student’s Property 98 Notification and Determination of a Disciplinary Meeting 98 Notification and Determination of a Disciplinary Hearing 98 Disciplinary Panel 98 Interim Suspension 98 Appeal Procedures 99 Academic Integrity Policy 99 Student Grievance Procedure for Internal Complaints 99 Educational Rights and Privacy Act 100 Procedure to Inspect Records 100 Disclosure of Educational Records 100 Record of Requests for Disclosure 101 Directory Information 101 Correction of Educational Records 101 Student Right to File Complaint 101 Student Right to Know Act 101 General Student Complaint Procedure 101 Arbitration 101 Anti Hazing Policy 102 Drug Free School Policy 102 Higher Education Act 104 No Harrassment Policy 104 Policy Concerning Sexual Violence 105 SCHOOL CALENDAR106 SCHOOL MAP107 TUITION & FEES108 109 THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA E-mail Address E-mail Address Year of High School Graduation Home Phone with Area Code Country Home Phone with Area Code Year of High School Graduation City City Country Address StateZip Advertising (BS) Audio Production (BS) The Art of Cooking (D) Baking & Pastry (AAS, D) Culinary Arts (AAS) Culinary Management (BS) Design Management (BS) Digital Film & Video Production (BS) Digital Image Management (D) Fashion Retailing (D) Fashion & Retail Management (BS) Graphic Design (BS, AAS) Hospitality Management (BS) Interior Design (BS, AAS) Interior Planning with AutoCAD (AAS) Media Arts & Animation (BS) Photography (BFA) Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (BS) Web Design & Development (D) Web Design & Interactive Communications(D) Web Design & Interactive Media (BS) My Friend’s Name q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q I have friends who are interested in learning more about The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Please send information on the program checked to my friend’s name below. Yes, Address StateZip Advertising (BS) Audio Production (BS) The Art of Cooking (D) Baking & Pastry (AAS, D) Culinary Arts (AAS) Culinary Management (BS) Design Management (BS) Digital Film & Video Production (BS) Digital Image Management (D) Fashion Retailing (D) Fashion & Retail Management (BS) Graphic Design (BS, AAS) Hospitality Management (BS) Interior Design (BS, AAS) Interior Planning with AutoCAD (AAS) Media Arts & Animation (BS) Photography (BFA) Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (BS) Web Design & Development (D) Web Design & Interactive Communications(D) Web Design & Interactive Media (BS) My Friend’s Name q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q I have friends who are interested in learning more about The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Please send information on the program checked to my friend’s name below. Yes, 111 15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402 612.332.3361 or 800.777.3643 www.artinstitutes.edu/minneapolis 800 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55402 612.332.3361 or 800.777.3643 www.artinstitutes.edu/minneapolis